Released GTK+ 1.2.6

Thu Oct  7 12:50:23 CDT 1999 Shawn T. Amundson <amundson@gtk.org>

        * Released GTK+ 1.2.6

.cvsignore

@@ -1,10 +1,17 @@
 *.lo
 config.log
 config.h
+config.h.in
 libtool
 config.status
 stamp-h
 Makefile
-gtk+.xconfig
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+configure
+gtk-config
 config.cache
-
+ABOUT-NLS
+intl
+stamp-h.in
+gtk+.spec

AUTHORS

@@ -1,3 +1,32 @@
-Peter Mattis    (petm@xcf.berkeley.edu)
-Spencer Kimball (spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu)
-Josh MacDonald  (jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu)
+Original Authors
+----------------
+Peter Mattis      <petm@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+Spencer Kimball   <spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+Josh MacDonald    <jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+
+Please do not mail the original authors asking questions about this 
+version of GTK+.
+
+The GTK+ Team (in alphabetical order)
+-------------------------------------
+Shawn T. Amundson <amundson@gtk.org>
+Jerome Bolliet    <bolliet@gtk.org>
+Damon Chaplin     <damon@gtk.org>
+Tony Gale         <gale@gtk.org>
+Jeff Garzik       <jgarzik@gtk.org>
+Lars Hamann       <lars@gtk.org>
+Raja R Harinath   <harinath@gtk.org>
+Carsten Haitzler  <raster@gtk.org>
+Tim Janik         <timj@gtk.org>
+Stefan Jeske      <stefan@gtk.org>
+Elliot Lee        <sopwith@gtk.org>
+Raph Levien       <raph@gtk.org>
+Ian Main          <imain@gtk.org>
+Federico Mena     <quartic@gtk.org>
+Paolo Molaro      <lupus@gtk.org>
+Jay Painter       <jpaint@gtk.org>
+Manish Singh      <manish@gtk.org>
+Owen Taylor       <otaylor@gtk.org>
+
+There are many others who have contributed patches; we thank them,
+GTK+ is much better because of them.

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+    		    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
 
   If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
@@ -463,8 +463,9 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
-    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the 
+    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 
+    Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 

HACKING

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+If you want to hack on the Gtk+ project, it will make you life easier
+to have the following packages installed:
+
+	- GNU autoconf 2.13
+	- GNU automake 1.4
+	        (Beta releases are at ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/tromey)
+	- GNU libtool 1.2d
+	- indent (GNU indent 1.9.1 is known good)
+	- GNU gettext 10.35
+		Available in ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu
+
+These should be available by ftp from ftp.gnu.org or any of the
+fine GNU mirrors.  Beta software can be found at alpha.gnu.org.
+
+In order to get CVS gtk+ installed on your system, you need to have
+the most recent CVS version of glib installed as well.
+The installation process of glib is similar to that of gtk+, but
+needs to be fulfilled prior to installation of gtk+.
+
+To compile a CVS version of gtk+ on your system, you will need to take
+several steps to setup the tree for compilation.  You can do all these
+steps at once by running:
+
+        cvsroot/gtk+# ./autogen.sh
+   
+Basically this does the following for you:
+
+  	cvsroot/gtk+# aclocal; automake; autoconf
+
+        The above commands create the "configure" script.  Now you
+	can run the configure script in cvsroot/gtk+ to create all
+	the Makefiles.
+
+Before running autogen.sh or configure, make sure you have libtool 
+in your path.  
+
+Note that autogen.sh runs configure for you.  If you wish to pass
+options like --prefix=/usr to configure you can give those options
+to autogen.sh and they will be passed on to configure.
+
+If at all possible, please use CVS to get the latest development version of
+gtk+ and glib.  You can do the following to get glib and gtk+ from cvs:
+
+   $ export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
+   $ cvs login
+     (there is no password, just hit return)
+   $ cvs -z9 checkout glib
+   $ cvs -z9 checkout gtk+
+
+Please submit patches to the gtk-list@redhat.com mailing list (you must
+subscribe before you post, e-mail gtk-list-request@redhat.com with a
+subject of "subscribe"). All kinds of contributions are accepted.
+Patches that you wish to go into the distribution should also be uploaded 
+to ftp://ftp.gimp.org/incoming.  Follow the rules there for naming your
+patches. 
+

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
+you got this package.
+
+Simple install procedure
+========================
+
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.2.6.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-1.2.6			   # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
+  % make				   # build GTK
+  [ Become root if necessary ]
+  % make install			   # install GTK
+
+The Nitty-Gritty
+================
+
+The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
+and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
+
+  ./configure --help
+
+A few of the more important ones:
+
+*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
+
+*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
+
+*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
+
+The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
+for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
+which form of support to use:
+
+  no    : no support 
+  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
+  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
+          and later.
+
+For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
+
+*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
+
+If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
+and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
+of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
+user's native language.
+
+*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
+
+Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
+internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
+slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
+with older versions of X.
+
+*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
+
+The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
+system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
+built in locale support will be used.
+
+Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
+option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
+
+This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
+runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
+variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
+specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
+support for the --with-locale option.
+
+
+Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
+environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
+important ones:
+
+ CC       : The C compiler to use
+ CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
+ CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
+
+The most important use of this is to set the
+optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
+debugging information at all, run configure as:
+
+ CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
+
+or,
+
+ setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
+
+Native-Language Support and gettext()
+=====================================
+
+To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
+gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
+in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
+C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
+
+If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
+you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
+need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
+available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
+
+Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
+on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
+However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
+NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
+by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
+GTK+.
+
+Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
+=================================================
+
+You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
+yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
+to ./configure. For instance:
+
+ ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.2.6
+
+This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
+source and build directories.
+
+It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
+GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
+and may not function correctly. In addition, 
+inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
+using --with-glib=.
+
+Installation directories
+========================
+
+The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
+and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
+detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
+use of these flags is not tested.
+
+One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
+include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
+
+  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
+
+if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
+and should be deleted.
+
+A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
+process, and installed in the bin/ directory
+($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
+when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
+it will be necessary to edit this file.
+
+For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
+
+
+Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
+==============================================
+
+* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
+to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
+kinput is available from:
+
+  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
+
+* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
+distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
+C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
+for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
+for GTK's internationalization.
+
+(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 in which
+the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
+the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
+systems as well.)
+
+To fix this, change the line:
+
+use_stdc_env		True
+
+to 
+
+use_stdc_env		False
+
+in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
+
+

INSTALL.in

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
+you got this package.
+
+Simple install procedure
+========================
+
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@			   # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
+  % make				   # build GTK
+  [ Become root if necessary ]
+  % make install			   # install GTK
+
+The Nitty-Gritty
+================
+
+The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
+and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
+
+  ./configure --help
+
+A few of the more important ones:
+
+*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
+
+*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
+
+*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
+
+The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
+for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
+which form of support to use:
+
+  no    : no support 
+  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
+  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
+          and later.
+
+For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
+
+*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
+
+If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
+and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
+of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
+user's native language.
+
+*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
+
+Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
+internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
+slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
+with older versions of X.
+
+*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
+
+The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
+system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
+built in locale support will be used.
+
+Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
+option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
+
+This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
+runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
+variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
+specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
+support for the --with-locale option.
+
+
+Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
+environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
+important ones:
+
+ CC       : The C compiler to use
+ CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
+ CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
+
+The most important use of this is to set the
+optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
+debugging information at all, run configure as:
+
+ CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
+
+or,
+
+ setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
+
+Native-Language Support and gettext()
+=====================================
+
+To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
+gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
+in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
+C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
+
+If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
+you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
+need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
+available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
+
+Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
+on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
+However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
+NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
+by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
+GTK+.
+
+Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
+=================================================
+
+You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
+yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
+to ./configure. For instance:
+
+ ./configure --with-glib=../glib-@GTK_VERSION@
+
+This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
+source and build directories.
+
+It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
+GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
+and may not function correctly. In addition, 
+inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
+using --with-glib=.
+
+Installation directories
+========================
+
+The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
+and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
+detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
+use of these flags is not tested.
+
+One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
+include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
+
+  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
+
+if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
+and should be deleted.
+
+A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
+process, and installed in the bin/ directory
+($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
+when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
+it will be necessary to edit this file.
+
+For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
+
+
+Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
+==============================================
+
+* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
+to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
+kinput is available from:
+
+  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
+
+* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
+distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
+C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
+for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
+for GTK's internationalization.
+
+(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 in which
+the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
+the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
+systems as well.)
+
+To fix this, change the line:
+
+use_stdc_env		True
+
+to 
+
+use_stdc_env		False
+
+in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
+
+

MAINTAINERS

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Email: gtk-bugs@gimp.org

Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,118 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+## Makefile.am for GTK+
 
-SRC_SUBDIRS = glib gdk gtk
-SUBDIRS = $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
+SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk gtk
+SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
 
-EXTRA_DIST = gtk+.prj makecopyright TODO 
+bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
 
-.PHONY: files populate checkin release
+# require automake 1.4
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	\
+	HACKING		\
+	gtk+.spec.in	\
+        gtk.m4          \
+	makecopyright	\
+	TODO		\
+	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
+	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
+	README.cvs-commits	\
+	intl/libgettext.h	\
+	intl/po2tbl.sed.in	\
+	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
+	examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c  \
+	examples/Makefile  \
+	examples/README.1ST  \
+	examples/extract.awk  \
+	examples/extract.sh  \
+	examples/base/Makefile  \
+	examples/base/base.c  \
+	examples/buttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
+	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
+	examples/calendar/Makefile  \
+	examples/calendar/gcalendar.c  \
+	examples/clist/Makefile  \
+	examples/clist/clist.c  \
+	examples/entry/Makefile  \
+	examples/entry/entry.c  \
+	examples/eventbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/eventbox/eventbox.c  \
+	examples/filesel/Makefile  \
+	examples/filesel/filesel.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/Makefile  \
+	examples/gtkdial/dial_test.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h  \
+	examples/helloworld/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld/helloworld.c  \
+	examples/helloworld2/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c  \
+	examples/list/Makefile  \
+	examples/list/list.c  \
+	examples/menu/Makefile  \
+	examples/menu/menu.c  \
+	examples/menu/itemfactory.c  \
+	examples/notebook/Makefile  \
+	examples/notebook/notebook.c  \
+	examples/packbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/packbox/packbox.c  \
+	examples/packer/Makefile  \
+	examples/packer/pack.c  \
+	examples/paned/Makefile  \
+	examples/paned/paned.c  \
+	examples/pixmap/Makefile  \
+	examples/pixmap/pixmap.c  \
+	examples/progressbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/progressbar/progressbar.c  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/radiobuttons.c  \
+	examples/rangewidgets/Makefile  \
+	examples/rangewidgets/rangewidgets.c  \
+	examples/rulers/Makefile  \
+	examples/rulers/rulers.c  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/Makefile  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/scribble-simple.c  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/Makefile  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/scrolledwin.c  \
+	examples/selection/Makefile  \
+	examples/selection/gettargets.c  \
+	examples/selection/setselection.c  \
+	examples/statusbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/statusbar/statusbar.c  \
+	examples/table/Makefile  \
+	examples/table/table.c  \
+	examples/text/Makefile  \
+	examples/text/text.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/Makefile  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.h  \
+	examples/tictactoe/ttt_test.c  \
+	examples/tree/Makefile  \
+	examples/tree/tree.c  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/Makefile  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/wheelbarrow.c  \
+	examples/fixed/fixed.c  \
+	examples/fixed/Makefile  \
+	examples/frame/frame.c  \
+	examples/frame/Makefile  \
+	examples/spinbutton/spinbutton.c  \
+	examples/spinbutton/Makefile  \
+	examples/find-examples.sh
+
+dist-hook: gtk+.spec
+	if test -e $(srcdir)/INSTALL.in && test -e $(srcdir)/README.in ; then \
+	     CONFIG_FILES="INSTALL:$(srcdir)/INSTALL.in README:$(srcdir)/README.in" \
+	     CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+	     $(SHELL) config.status \
+	     && cp INSTALL README $(distdir) ; \
+	fi \
+	&& cp gtk+.spec $(distdir)
+
+m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
+m4data_DATA = gtk.m4
+
+.PHONY: files release sanity snapshot
 
 files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
@@ -18,13 +125,13 @@ files:
 	  done; \
 	done
 
-populate:
-	@echo "populating project"
-	@files=`$(MAKE) files | grep -v "make\[[1-9]\]"`; prcs populate -d gtk+.prj $$files
-
-checkin: populate
-	@echo "checking in project"
-	@prcs checkin
-
 release:
+	rm -rf .deps */.deps
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+
+sanity:
+	./sanity_check $(VERSION)
+
+
+snapshot:
 	$(MAKE) dist distdir=$(PACKAGE)`date +"%y%m%d"`

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.6:
+
+* container queue_resize fixes
+* gtk[vh]scale: minor fixups
+* rename idle to idle_id in testgtk to avoid conflicts with 
+  broken libs
+* More consistant naming of gtkrc files
+* Added language support: ro, uk
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.5:
+
+* more GtkCTree and GtkWindow bug fixes.
+* more redraw/resize queue fixes, better expose event
+  discarding code.
+* more miscellaneous bugs fixed
+* new configure.in option --disable-rebuilds to completely disable
+  rebuilds of autogenerated sources.
+* check for 5.002 now, to avoid failing autogeneration build rules due
+  to old perl versions.
+* fonts (and fontsets) are cached now.
+* more autogeneration make rules and dependancy fixups, we should be
+  save with autogeneration up to make -j12 now ;)
+* new window position GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, which will recenter the
+  GtkWindow on every size change.
+* major rework of window manager hints handling code, fixed a bunch of
+  races with the new resizing code.
+* the new wm hints and resizing code is absolutely perfect and bug free now,
+  it only lacks testing ;)
+* fixed up various rc style memory prolems.
+* gtk_widget_modify_style() now properly changes the style of realized widgets
+  and references the style passed into it. if people worked around this bug,
+  this will introduce a slight memory leak in their code.
+  The code should typically look like:
+            GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
+            [...]
+            gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
+            gtk_rc_style_unref (rc_style);
+* fix problems with positioning menus offscreen.
+* GtkText fixes for some crashes and drawing errors.
+* Better handling for unexpected window destroys in GDK and GTK+.
+  This should make it possible to use a GtkPlug and catch the
+  case where its parent socket is randomly killed.
+* FAQ updates.
+* FileSelection i18n patches, RadioButton fixups.
+* many translation improvements.
+* miscellaneous other bugs fixed.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.4:
+
+* DnD improvements (drags can be canceled with Esc now).
+* suppressed configure event reordering in Gdk.
+* rewrite of Gtk's configure event handling.
+* major improvements for the object argument system (Elena Devdariani).
+* major bugfixes for threading, GtkNotebook, GtkItemFactory, GtkCList and
+  GtkCTree.
+* tutorial/FAQ updates, new file generation.txt on autogenerated sources.
+* configure's --with-glib= is "officially" unsupported.
+* upgrade to libtool 1.3.3.
+* various buglets fixed.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.3:
+
+* Upgrade to libtool 1.3
+* Check for dgettext (for systems with old versions of GNU Gettext)
+* Many bug fixes (see ChangeLog for details)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.2:
+
+* Improved Dnd behaviour with Motif applications.
+* Bug fixes for the Gtk selection code.
+* Minor bug fixes to the Gdk Atom cache and Dnd code (with --display option).
+* Bug fixes and leak plugs for the Gdk IM code.
+* Added gtk_object_get() facility to retrive object arguments easily.
+  The var args list expects ("arg-name", &value) pairs.
+* Fixed mapping for GdkInputCondition<->GIOCondition, this should fix
+  problems where closed pipes were no longer signalling GDK_INPUT_READ on
+  systems with a native poll().
+* Some cleanups to GtkLabel's memory allocation code (shouldn't leak memory
+  anymore).
+* We don't attempt to lookup xpm color "None" anymore, this should prevent
+  eXodus (commercial X windows server) from popping up a color dialog every
+  time a transparent pixmap is created.
+* Fixed bug where Gtk timout/idle handlers would execute without the global
+  Gdk lock being held.
+* Other minor bug fixes.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.1:
+
+* Many Bug fixes have been applied to the menu and accelerator code.
+* GtkItemFactory can "adopt" foreign menu items now and manage their
+  accelerator installation. This is often required to get GtkItemFactory
+  like accelerator propagation between different windows with the same
+  menu heirarchy and for centralized parsing and saving of accelerators.
+* GtkCList/GtkCTree buttons should always display correctly now.
+* Miscellaneous other bug fixes.
+
+What's New in GTK+ 1.2.0 (since 1.0.x):
+
+* New widgets: GtkFontSelector, GtkPacker, GtkItemFactory, GtkCTree,
+  GtkInvisible, GtkCalendar, GtkLayout, GtkPlug, GtkSocket
+* Many new features and robustness for existing widgets
+* Theme support
+* New DND implementation
+* Internationalization of standard dialogs
+* New key binding system
+* Tearoff menus and menu accelerators
+* Wide character support for entry and text
+* Resizing code has been overhauled
+* Queued redraws of partial areas
+* Far better support for object arguments
+* Speed optimizations
+* Runtime loading of dynamic modules
+* Support for GLib log domains
+* Tutorial improvements
+* A bug fix or two
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.1.16:
+
+* Major fixes and improvements for handlebox
+* A change to the way widget->requisition works. Now,
+  widget->requisition is always what the widget requested,
+  unmodified by the usize. See Changes-1.2.txt for details.
+  This correct various bugs with gtk_widget_set_usize().
+* Fixes for XIM on X11R5 systems
+* Don't allow cut-and-paste of text in password-style entries
+* --enable-debug is now on by default for the development releaes.
+  (When compiling for "production", use --enable-debug=minimum)
+* Handle systems where Helvetica is not present more gracefully
+* Fixes for memory leaks
+* CList and CTree fixes
+* Bug fixes for drawing problems. 
+* Miscellaneous bug fixes to GtkLabel, GtkCList, GtkCTree,
+  GtkColorsel, Focusing, DND
+* Tutorial improvements
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.1.15:
+
+* Tutorial Updates
+* Added --libs gthread to gtk-config 
+* Bug fixes
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.14:
+
+* Additions to docs/Changes-1.2.txt
+* Just warn when loading theme engine fails
+* CLAMP GtkScale digits to a meaningful range
+* GTK_LOCALDIR is now defined in a better fashion
+* New functions (feature freeze, we know...):
+    gtk_menu_set_title()
+    gtk_toggle_button_get_active()
+* Some locale fixups in gtkrc code
+* Fixes to make gtk_radio_button_set_group() keep only
+  one radio button in the group active
+* Foreign windows are now always treated as viewable; this fixes
+  a problem where updating didn't occure properly in GtkPlug
+* DND fixes for 64 bit architectures, and for specifying operations 
+  with modifier keys.
+* Major revisions to GtkLayout: avoid having to create window
+  for NO_WINDOW children, adjust allocations of children as 
+  scrolled so queued draws work, and a resize is queued instead
+  of allocating directly in a put() or move()
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.13:
+
+* Dnd and selection bug fixes and memory purification.
+* Widget sensitivity fixups.
+* Tooltips windows are now named "gtk-tooltips" so rc file rules
+  can match tooltips windows. Fixed interaction of tooltips and NO_WINDOW
+  widgets.
+* Spin buttons now update their values upon value retrival.
+* Overhaul of the resizing vs. redrawing logic to reduce redrawing needs
+  a lot. Gtk makes full use of the draw_area coalescing code now, which
+  got minorly improved as well.
+* Containers map their Gdk windows after their children now to reduce
+  expose event generation.
+* Gdk event queue fixups, this solves the double-click problems people were
+  recently having.
+* Account for the fact that GSource's are only properly reentrant from
+  within dispatch(), thus we don't do Gdk event processing from within
+  check() or prepare() anymore.
+* Rc files feature a bg_pixmap value of "<none>" now.
+* Improved session management support in Gdk.  
+* Automatic disabling of NLS if no gettext is found should work now.
+* Removed deprecated functions, docs/Changes-1.2.txt gives an overview.
+* Gtk+ development now requires GNU autoconf 2.13, GNU automake 1.4
+  and GNU libtool 1.2d.
+* More bug fixes all over the place.
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.12:
+
+* Korean translation added
+* Fixed memory leaks
+* A few other bug fixes
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.11:
+
+* Dutch, Japanese, Swedish, Polish, and Norwegian translations
+* Removed deprecated _interp variants: gtk_container_foreach_interp, 
+  gtk_idle_add_interp, gtk_timeout_add_interp, gtk_signal_connect_interp
+* Lots of cast corrections
+* Many fixes 
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.9:
+
+* Check for broken glibc 2.0 mb functions and avoid them
+* Label and Entry display fixes 
+* Move main thread back to GDK, for locking when translating events
+* Bug fixes
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.8:
+
+* Added support for gettext and the localization of the standard
+  dialogs.
+* Added line-wrapping for the label, and JUSTIFY_FILL
+* Support reordering via drag and drop in  CList and CTree.
+* Replaced GtkDrawWindow widget with a GTK_USER_DRAW flag
+* Extended gtkpaned API to support minimum sizes and proportional
+  resizing.
+* Changed the handling of shared memory segments so as to 
+  remove the need for GTK+ to set up signal handlers.
+* Re-implemented event loop in terms of the event loop
+  that has been added to GLib 1.1.8
+* Added 'grab_focus' signal to allow keyboard accelerators
+  for entries.
+* Load locale specific RC files if present.
+* Bug fixes.
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.7:
+
+* Fixed memory mis-allocation in default files code
+* Various event handling fixes
+* Wide character support for entry and text
+* Destroy widgets _after_ propagating unrealize signals through 
+  widget heirarchy
+* Only build XIM-support if available
+* Tutorial and examples updates
+* Added gtk_drag_source_unset()
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.6:
+
+* The signal system now features emission hooks whith special semantics,
+  refer to the ChangeLog for this.
+* Minor? speedups and memory reductions to the emission handling of the
+  signal system.
+* _interp() function variants are deprecated now. the corresponding *_full()
+  variants are provided for a long time now.
+* Dnd abort timeout increased to 10 minutes.
+* GtkScrolledWindow inherits from GtkBin now.
+* GTK_POLICY_NEVER is implemented for scrolled windows now.
+* Lots of API clean ups.
+* Incremental freezing abilities.
+* Integrated widgets from the GNOME tree: GtkLayout, GtkPlug and GtkSocket.
+* New window functions for transient relationship, default size, and 
+  geometry hints
+* Default rc files are now read in (<sysconfdir/etc/gtkrc and ~/.gtkrc)
+  GTK_RC_FILES environment variable and functions are provided to configure
+  this behavior
+* Read doc/Changes-1.2.txt to properly adapt your code.
+* Bug Fixes.
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.5:
+
+* Theme integration
+* Widget style modification is now handled through GtkRcStyles
+* GtkPixmaps now grey out pixmaps when insensitive
+* Notebook enhancements
+* Shadow configurability for menubars and handleboxes
+* DND enhancements
+* gtkfilesel now supports automounters better
+* Implementation of expose compression
+* Queued redraws of partial areas
+* Scrolledwindow (+Viewport) source incompatibilities, children that are added
+  to a scrolled window don't get an automatic viewport anymore. a convenience
+  function gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport() is suplied for this task
+* Deprecated functions will now issue a message, informing the programmer about
+  the use of this function. These functions will get removed in future versions
+* Non-functional functions got removed entirely
+* gtk_widget_new() and gtk_object_new() will now auto-construct new objects.
+  A new function gtk_object_default_construct() is provided now which should
+  be called after every gtk_type_new() to perfom the auto-construction
+* Improved argument support of several widgets
+* Bug Fixes
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.3:
+
+* GtkCList/GtkCTree now have the ability to:
+    - hide/show individual columns
+    - disable/enable column resizing
+    - set min and max for column widths
+    - set expander style of the ctree
+    - set/get row and cell styles
+    - set spacing between tree expander and cell contents in ctree
+    - toggle auto_resize for columns
+* Must enhanced DND support, removed old DND code
+* Idle functions are now implemented via GHook, giving a slight speed
+  improvement
+* An environment variable GTK_MODULES which takes a colon seperated
+  list of module names GTK+ will now automatically load at gtk_init() startup
+* GtkFontSel now has support for an extra 'base' filter
+* New function gdk_window_set_root_origin to get the real geometry taking
+  into account window manager offsets
+* New function gtk_text_set_line_wrap to toggle line wrapping
+* New function gtk_widget_add_events which safely adds additional
+  events to a widget's event mask
+* New function gdk_event_get_time to get the timestamp from a generic
+  event
+* New widget GtkCalendar
+* New widget GtkInvisible - InputOnly offscreen windows used for reliable
+  pointer grabs and selection handling in DND code
+* New functions gtk_object_remove_no_notify[_by_id] to remove a certain
+  data portion without invokation of its destroy notifier 
+* gtk_spin_button_construct is now deprecated, use gtk_spin_button_configure
+  instead 
+* gtk_clist_set_border is now deprecated, use gtk_clist_set_shadow_type 
+  instead
+* Removed functions gtk_object_set_data_destroy[_by_id] 
+* Documentation additions/updates 
+* HTML and plain text files are now included in the distribution
+* Bug fixes, typeness corrections, and general fixups
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.2:
+
+* Gtk+ is now featuring runtime loading of dynamic modules via the
+  --gtk-modules= command line switch. such modules have to export a
+  G_MODULE_EXPORT void gtk_module_init (gint *argc, gchar ***argv);
+  function which will be invoked to initialize the module. since such
+  modules may create new widget types, they are always resident.
+* The tutorial has been updated again.
+* Changes to menus including tearoff menus and accelerators.
+* Better support for modal dialogs.
+* Removed CAN_FOCUS by default from scrollbars and button children of toolbar.
+* More improvements and fixes for GtkCList and GtkCTree (i.e. row sorting).
+* GtkCTree rows can be unselectable now.
+* The GtkCTree API has undergone major renames (see ChangeLog entry from Lars
+  Hamann on Tue Aug 18 00:29:13 1998).
+* A bunch of varargs functions changed to get va_lists working on systems that
+  implement va_lists as arrays.
+* Improvements to the gdkrgb code.
+* Improvements to Gdk color handling so we greatly reduce server traffic and
+  don't leak colors anymore.
+* Improved internal widget tree iterators (the GtkContainer::foreach signal
+  vanished because of this).
+* Option menus can have the keyboard focus now.
+* More fixups to the text widget.
+* GtkFileSelection should behave much more nicely in combination with AFS now.
+* Support for label underlining.
+* Support for GLib 1.1.3 log domains.
+* Documentation improvements.
+* Configuration fixes on various platforms.
+* Miscellaneous fixes to XInput support.
+* Build with shared library dependencies on Linux
+* Fix for a major bug in the type systems memory allocation code that could
+  cause random crashes.
+* Libtool update to version 1.2b.
+* Lots of bugfixes and cleanups again ;)
+
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.1:
+
+* Tutorial updates and additions.
+* Key binding support for GtkListItems and GtkList.
+* Extended selection mode and autoscrolling for GtkLists.
+* A GtkCtree now operates on GtkCTreeNode* structures rather than GList*.
+* GtkCTreeNodes can now be created from GNode trees.
+* Bug fixes for GtkNotebook, GtkCList, GtkCombo and GdkWindow reparentation.
+
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.0:
+
+* New widget GtkFontSelector.
+* New featurefull progress bar.
+* New container widget GtkPacker.
+* New object GtkItemFactory, GtkMenuFactory is deprecated.
+* New key binding system, configurable via rcfiles, similar to styles.
+* New widget GtkCTree with drag selections and keyboard movement and
+  and horizontal scrolling. Features also implemented for GtkCList.
+* Significant speedups to widget creation and destruction through caching
+  colormap and visual queries to the XServer.
+* Speedups for type creation and especially gtk_type_is_a() checks.
+* Speedups in signal lookup, creation and emissions and connection handling.
+* Minor speedups with object data allocation and destruction.
+* Additions to the signal handling API (e.g. *_emitv).
+* Support for rc-file reparsing.
+* Resizing logic is now implemented on container widget basis, rather than
+  for toplevel GtkWindows only.
+* Buttons support relief styles now.
+* Some widgets are now allocated through memchunks to behave more memory wise.
+* Newly included file gtkfeatures.h which defines compatibility macros to
+  test for certain API features upon program compilation.
+* Child arguments support for container widgets.
+* Far better support for object arguments, revamp of the underlying
+  mechanism for speed and reusability. Child/object arguments don't
+  need to be preceeded by the "GtkType::" portion anymore.
+* Removed GtkAcceleratorTable in favour of GtkAccelGroup, accelerator display
+  is now performed by a new widget GtkAccelLabel.
+* Overhaul of the resizing code. Resizing behaviour can now be specified
+  on GtkContainer basis, so the underlying algorithm isn't only available
+  for GtkWindows.
+* GtkTables are now fully resizable.
+* The GtkType system now supports an additional base class initialization
+  function.
+* GtkStyles and key bindings can now be looked up depending on the base
+  types of a widget, through a new keyword `class' in rc files.
+* GtkButton derives from GtkBin (finally).  
+* More descriptive error messages on rc parsing.  
+* Runtime information is available to query enum/flag definition values.
+* Upgrade to libtool-1.2
+* Legions of bug fixes, memory leaks, segfaults, of-by-something errors...
+  including those that already went into the 1.0.x branch.
+* A big bunch of features and cosmetic fixups that just got lost in
+  the masses of changes.

NEWS.pre-1-0

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.0:
+
+* A few bug fixes.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.10:
+
+* Lots of bug fixes
+* Documentation improvements
+* Better looking handlebox
+* A few convenience functions
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.9:
+
+* Added examples directory, even more examples soon
+* Added optional word wrap to gtktext
+* Changes to gtkhandlebox
+* Lots of bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.8:
+
+* Compilation and configuration fixes
+* DND Fixes
+* New test in testgtk: cursors
+* Tutorial updates/additions
+* Few more FAQ additions
+* More prep for 1.0
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.7:
+
+* This release is mainly because 0.99.6 did not compile completely
+  due to a missing file.
+* Fixes to Gtk's quit handlers.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.6:
+
+* Intermediate release to become 1.0.
+* More signedness corrections for handler functions in gtkmain.h.
+* Semantics of GtkWidget::delete_event changed.
+* Documentation updates.
+* Inclusion of Gtk tutorial.
+* Implementation of a new shutdown method for GtkObject's executed prior to
+  actual destruction. WARNING: this breaks binary compatibility, programs using
+  Gtk need to be recompiled.
+* Clean ups due to compiler warnings.
+* Various widget fixes.
+
+Overview of Fixes in GTK+ 0.99.5:
+
+* Signal signedness and naming corrections
+* rc/style fixes
+* text, entry widget fixes
+* gtkeditable fixes
+* scrollbar flickering fixed
+* check casts are more descriptive
+* DND fixes
+* FAQ updates
+* Bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.4:
+
+* Reference counting revolution integrated.
+  Refer to docs/refcounting.txt on this issue.
+* Implementation of a decent debugging system, you would want
+  to export GTK_DEBUG=objects if you are going to develop gtk applications,
+  refer to docs/debugging.txt for further information.
+* Additions on the signal code for querying information about certain signals,
+  and pending handlers of signals.
+* Support for user signals, and major changes to internal signal handler
+  handling for proper signal removal and invokation of after signals.
+* Additional signals for various widgets e.g, GtkHandleBox::child_attached,
+  GtkHandleBox::child_detached, GtkWidget::style_set, GtkWidget::parent_set.
+* GtkTooltips became a true descendant of GtkObject via derivation from
+  GtkData and facilitates an extra tip string which can be used as e.g. an
+  index into context help.
+* Split up of the widget/object flags into a private and a public portion,
+  consult docs/widget_system.txt on this.
+* Support for hot keys on gtk programs via gtk_key_snooper_install().
+* Reimplementation of the *_interp functions as *_full functions to provide
+  simple callback functions as well.
+* Idle functions are now prioritized.
+* Many enhancements to GtkNotebook.
+* New widget GtkSpinButton, check out testgtk.
+* New widget GtkTipsQuery for letting the user query tooltips of widgets.
+* Addition of GtkEditable base widget to encapsulate selection and
+  clipboard handling. (GtkEntry and GtkText use this)
+* Text widget more complete.
+* Additions to GtkStatusBar to make it complete.
+* Gdk now supports regions.
+* Access masks for widget arguments (GTK_ARG_READABLE/GTK_ARG_WRITABLE).
+* Function replacements:
+  g_string_hash() -> g_str_hash()
+  g_string_equal() -> g_str_equal()
+  gtk_tooltips_set_tips() -> gtk_tooltips_set_tip()
+* Support for quit handlers in gtk_main().
+* Motif window mangaer hints support.
+* Widget arguments are now flagged for readability/writability.
+* Additions to documentation.
+* Various FAQ updates. (FAQ now included)
+* Clean ups and many many bug fixes by a lot of people all over the place.
+* New, long and descriptive ChangeLog entries for bored readers ;)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.3:
+
+* Filesel enhancement / stability changes
+* New widget, gtkcombo 
+* Widgets in the toolbar do not get the focus
+* New widget, gtkstatusbar (still in-progress)
+* g_string_equal renamed g_str_equal
+* g_string_hash renamed g_str_hash
+* new gtkbox functions to allow modification of the child 
+  linkage after the widget tree is setup
+* gtk_*_get_arg() and gtk_*_set_arg() fixes and implementations
+* DND changes/fixes
+* Entry widget now has set_max_length function
+* Handlebox widget changes/fixes 
+* Some work on text widget (still in-progress)
+* Now the toolbar supports arbitrary widgets as well
+* CList has resizable columns again
+* CList now looks consistant with scrolled windows
+* Remove flickering from entry widget
+* Added switch_page signal to notebook widget
+* Documentation additions
+* Other bug fixes...

README

@@ -1,17 +1,101 @@
+General Information
+===================
+
+This is GTK+ version 1.2.6. GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
+System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
+written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
 
 The official ftp site is:
-  ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gtk
+  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
 
-Patches can be uploaded to:
-  ftp://ftp.gimp.org/incoming
-
-Anonymous CVS access for gtk+ (as well as 'gimp', 'gimp-data', and
-'gnome') is available via
-  CVSROOT=:pserver:anonymous@cvs.gnome.org:/home/cvs
-with an empty password.
+The official web site is:
+  http://www.gtk.org/
 
 A mailing list is located at:
   gtk-list@redhat.com
 
 To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
 (Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See the file 'INSTALL'
+
+How to report bugs
+==================
+
+Bugs should be reported to the GNOME bug tracking
+system. (http://bugs.gnome.org). To report a problem
+about GTK+, send mail to submit@bugs.gnome.org.
+
+The subject of the mail should describe your problem.
+In the body of the mail, you should first include
+a "pseudo-header" that gives the package and 
+version number. This should be separated by a blank
+line from the actual headers.
+
+ Package: gtk+
+ Version: 1.2.6
+
+[ Please substitute 1.2.6 with the version of GTK+ that
+  you have installed ]
+
+Then describe the bug. Include:
+
+* Information about your system. For instance:
+
+   - What operating system and version
+   - What version of X
+   - For Linux, what version of the C library
+
+  And anything else you think is relevant.
+
+* How to reproduce the bug. 
+
+  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
+  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
+  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
+  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
+  of software that can be downloaded.
+
+  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
+  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
+  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
+  you are using)
+
+* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
+  when the crash occured.
+
+* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
+  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
+  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
+  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
+  line option.
+
+An example of a bug report:
+
+====
+To: submit@bugs.gnome.org
+From: yourname@your.address.org
+Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
+
+Package: gtk+
+Version: 1.2.6
+
+When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
+is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in
+the demo, so it should be "handle boxes", to
+be like "buttons" or "check buttons".
+===
+
+Patches
+=======
+
+Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
+ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
+your name and email address in the README file.
+
+If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
+all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

README.cvs-commits

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+GTK+ is part of the GNOME CVS repository. At the current time, any
+person with write access to the GNOME repository, can make changes to
+GTK+. This is a good thing, in that it encourages many people to work
+on GTK+, and progress can be made quickly. However, GTK+ is a fairly
+large and complicated package that many other things depend on, so to
+avoid unnecessary breakage, and to take advantage of the knowledge
+about GTK+ that has been built up over the last 18 months, we'd like
+to ask people commiting to GTK+ to follow a few rules:
+
+0) Ask first. If your changes are major, or could possibly break existing
+   code, you should always ask. If your change is minor and you've
+   been working on GTK+ for a while it probably isn't necessary
+   to ask. But when in doubt, ask. Even if your change is correct,
+   somebody may know a better way to do things.
+
+   If you are making changes to GTK+, you should be subscribed
+   to gtk-devel-list@redhat.com. (Subscription address:  
+   gtk-devel-list-request@redhat.com.) This is a good place to ask
+   about intended changes. 
+
+   If you just want to make a trivial change, and don't want to subscribe, 
+   you can also mail gtk-bugs@gtk.org. Or, alternatively, you can look in 
+   the ChangeLog for somebody who has been making changes to the file 
+   you want to change and email them.
+
+   #gimp on byxnet (irc.gimp.org, irc2.gimp.org, irc3.gimp.org, 
+   irc.germany.gimp.org...)s also a good place to find GTK+ developers to
+   discuss changes with, however, email to gtk-devel-list is the most
+   certain and preferred method.
+
+1) Ask _first_.
+
+2) There must be a ChangeLog for every commit. (If you discover that
+   you only committed half the files you meant to and need to fix that
+   up, or something, you don't need a new ChangeLog entry. But in general,
+   ChangeLog entries are mandatory.) Changes with out ChangeLog entries
+   will be reverted.
+
+3) There _must_ be a ChangeLog for every commit.
+
+Notes:
+
+* If you are going to be changing many files in an experimental fashion,
+  it probably is a good idea to create a separate branch for your changes.
+
+* The ChangeLog entries should preferrably match in date format
+  with the existing entries. You can set how emacs does this
+  by using customize mode:
+
+  - M-x customize
+  - set Programming/Tools/ChangeLog/Add Log Time Format to
+    'Old Format'
+
+ Or, set the add-log-time-format to 'current-time-string in
+ your .emacs file.
+
+Owen Taylor
+13 Aug 1998
+
+
+
+
+

README.in

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+General Information
+===================
+
+This is GTK+ version @GTK_VERSION@. GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
+System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
+written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
+
+The official ftp site is:
+  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
+
+The official web site is:
+  http://www.gtk.org/
+
+A mailing list is located at:
+  gtk-list@redhat.com
+
+To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
+(Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See the file 'INSTALL'
+
+How to report bugs
+==================
+
+Bugs should be reported to the GNOME bug tracking
+system. (http://bugs.gnome.org). To report a problem
+about GTK+, send mail to submit@bugs.gnome.org.
+
+The subject of the mail should describe your problem.
+In the body of the mail, you should first include
+a "pseudo-header" that gives the package and 
+version number. This should be separated by a blank
+line from the actual headers.
+
+ Package: gtk+
+ Version: @GTK_VERSION@
+
+[ Please substitute @GTK_VERSION@ with the version of GTK+ that
+  you have installed ]
+
+Then describe the bug. Include:
+
+* Information about your system. For instance:
+
+   - What operating system and version
+   - What version of X
+   - For Linux, what version of the C library
+
+  And anything else you think is relevant.
+
+* How to reproduce the bug. 
+
+  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
+  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
+  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
+  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
+  of software that can be downloaded.
+
+  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
+  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
+  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
+  you are using)
+
+* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
+  when the crash occured.
+
+* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
+  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
+  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
+  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
+  line option.
+
+An example of a bug report:
+
+====
+To: submit@bugs.gnome.org
+From: yourname@your.address.org
+Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
+
+Package: gtk+
+Version: @GTK_VERSION@
+
+When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
+is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in
+the demo, so it should be "handle boxes", to
+be like "buttons" or "check buttons".
+===
+
+Patches
+=======
+
+Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
+ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
+your name and email address in the README file.
+
+If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
+all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

TODO

@@ -1,36 +1,200 @@
-Now
----
 
-3. Fix focus activation of list items. Does list item activation have to be
-   completely reorganized?
+Outstanding items:
 
-4. Lists should scroll to center the recently selected item if it isn't
-   visible.
+ * focus handling for GtkOptionMenu (needs the previous)
 
+ * implement gtk_default_draw_oval and other missing things in gtkstyle.c.
+ 
+ * enforce invariants on *_RESIZE* and *_REDRAW* flags.
 
-The Future
-----------
+ * GtkToolTips: allocate GtkTooltipsData from memchunks
+                          
+ * Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
+ 
+ * Radio buttons need to display CAN/HAS_DEFAULT correctly, if draw_inidicator
+   is TRUE. (Radio buttons do not need to CAN_DEFAULT! OWT)
 
--Documentation
+ * More dialogs: Print, maybe others...
 
--Tree widget
+ * make the gtk_main callbacks consistent in their add/remove behaviour.
+ 
+ * Check return values on all calls to XIC[Get/Set]Values
 
--Text widget (needs to be finished)
+ * The "--geometry" option should be supported
 
--Widget redrawing when the window resizes sometimes messes up.
+  - Having gdk_init() parse the geometry option. (putting it into
+    GDK means you can use XParseGeometry() without wrapping it)
 
--Make sure a widget added to a list is a list item and a widget added
- to a menu is a menu item, etc...
+  - Add a call gdk_get_geometry() that retrieves the results 
+    in a form like that returned by XParseGeometry()
 
--More dialogs? Print, font, etc?
+  - The application then can modify the results (as would gemvt)
+    then call a routine gtk_window_set_geometry() on whatever
+    it considers to be its main window.
 
--Multiple document interface (MDI)?
+  - Then in some manner GtkWindow takes that into account when
+    setting its hints. (Probably it uses the size and position
+    as the current uposition and usize, and modulates that
+    be the equivalents of the X flags
 
--Support another widget style? Should be possible using GtkStyle's, but
- there may be some work needed to remove any style dependencies in widget
- code. Maybe GtkStyle's should have 'draw_push_button', 'draw_check_button',
- etc, functions to draw the various widgets.
+     XValue, YValue, WidthValue, HeightValue, XNegative, or YNegative
 
--OffiX drag and drop support
+    ( You'd have to extend gdk_window_set_hints to accept the
+      window gravity option to get it right. )
 
--Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created.
+ * Allow moving the separator for paned widgets by dragging 
+   it directly instead of using the handle. 
+
+ * Check into XAddConnectionWatch - is this needed for XIM?
+
+ * Places where a _full variant is needed:
+
+    gtk_init_add
+    gtk_menu_popup
+    gtk_toolbar_prepend_element
+    gtk_toolbar_insert_element
+ 
+ * Try to rationally deal with someone else deleting one of our
+   windows??? This would mean keeping track of our window heirarchy
+   ourselves, for one thing, and will never be safe, because of
+   race conditions.
+
+ * Should all the default handlers really return FALSE? This can
+   cause confusing presses to be sent to containers that actually
+   want to get events on themselves.
+
+ * The menu code should skip separators during keyboard navigation,
+   whether they are sensitive or insensitive.
+
+ * OwnerButtonPressGrab needs to go!
+
+Text/Edit widget:
+
+  Bugs:
+
+  - Really big font (150 pt), plus lots of editing caused segfault
+
+  Improvements:
+
+  - Unify the key binding support in some fashion between the
+    Entry and Text widget widgets, use GtkBindings for this.
+
+  - Figure out a way not to recompute the geometry on insertions/deletions
+    which are large, but not a significant fraction of the
+    entire text. (e.g., compute the changes as when the widget
+    is not frozen, but without the actual scrolling)
+
+  - Prune the line start cache. But since it is only 68 bytes
+    per line, and it is a lot faster when lines are in the cache,
+    it may be better not to, at least for now.
+
+  - Show the non-editable state by changing colors. (Use the
+    style entries for insensitive?)
+
+  - Multibyte support for the Text widget.
+
+  - Unicode support to do the multi-byte right.
+
+  - Support an .inputrc. (The readline one doesn't really work,
+    unless it is extended because it can't represent X keysyms,
+    just terminal type input)
+
+  - A vi mode
+
+  - Word wrap, instead of line folding. (Should the continuation
+    characters be shown?)
+
+  - Horizontal scrolling
+
+  - Disable pasting compound text
+
+  - When showing background pixmap (not editable) actually set
+    the background pixmap as the windows bg pixmap, to improve
+    appearance on exposes. But this would require using another
+    window to get the origins.
+
+  - In word wrap mode, break:
+
+     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb
+
+     as:
+                            | Maximum column
+     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbb              |
+
+     Instead of:
+                            | 
+     aaaaaaaaaaa            |
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb   |
+
+  - Blinking cursor
+
+  - API's : gtk_text_clear, gtk_text_delete_lines (gint start, gint end),
+    gtk_text_append/prepend, gtk_text_insert_at (gint row, gint column),
+    some function to get the row/column from the x/y-coordinates of a 
+    mouse click, some function to get the word/line under the mouse pointer 
+    [ From: Stefan Jeske <jeske@braunschweig.netsurf.de> ]
+
+  - "changed" emitted when doing deletes on empty Text widget.
+
+  - Delete IC in editable->unrealize, not editable->finalize?
+
+Themes
+======
+
+ - When a scale gets shown/hidden only queue a redraw on the
+   non-window portion, not the whole area.
+
+ - In various places, to avoid shaping windows excessively,
+   we set parent relative backgrounds. This is an ugly
+   hack and needs a better solution. Plus, I don't think
+   these parent-relative backgrounds always persist to
+   when they are actually needed.
+
+   Such calls exist in: GtkButton, GtkHandeBox, GtkItem,
+   GtkListItem, GtkMenu, GtkMenuItem, GtkMisc, 
+   GtkNoteBook, GtkOptionMenu, GtkPaned, GtkPreview,
+   GtkSpinButton and GtkTreeItem.
+
+ - For menus and for GtkWindow's, the realize() function
+   calls paint(), so that background pixmaps can be set
+   ahead of time, and prevent flashing when the window is
+   shown. This is an ugly hack and needs a better solution.
+
+=======
+
+Calendar Widget:
+
+ - The widget should be nicely resizeable vertical too.
+
+ - CALENDAR_MARGIN should be removed, uses INNER_BORDER and
+   style->class->[xy]thickness insted.
+
+ - Flag to choose between using standard three letter abbreviated
+   weekday name or just the first character from it. It looks like
+   that is what most other calendar-widgets do.
+
+ - Arrows should resize with the header-font.
+
+ - The keyboard support has to be finished.
+
+DND
+===
+
+ - Use a cursor instead of an ICON when over Motif windows,
+   to get rid of the current junk that Motif leaves because
+   of it's XCopyArea stupidity for doing highlighting.
+
+ - Add a GTK_DRAG_VERIFY target flag and a "drag_data_verify"   
+   signal so that apps can easily check if a, say, 
+   text/uri-list URL looks OK during the drop.
+
+ - Check more for memory leaks.
+
+ - Drag and drop for Entry and Text widgets.
+
+ - Send synthetic motion events on structure changes so 
+   drag_enter/leave get sent properly. (See the popup
+   in testdnd)

acconfig.h

@@ -15,18 +15,27 @@
 
 
 /* Other stuff */
-#undef HAVE_IPC_H
-#undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_XPM
-#undef HAVE_XSHM_H
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
 
-#undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+#undef HAVE_IPC_H
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+#undef HAVE_SHM_H
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+#undef HAVE_XSHM_H
+#undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
 
 #undef NO_FD_SET
 
 #undef RESOURCE_BASE
 
+/* Define to use X11R6 additions to XIM */
+#undef USE_X11R6_XIM
+
 #undef XINPUT_NONE
 #undef XINPUT_GXI
 #undef XINPUT_XFREE

acinclude.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,761 @@
+## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the target system. -*-Shell-script-*-
+## Copyright (C) 1996-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+##
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+##
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+## General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+##
+## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# serial 40 AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LIBTOOL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+
+# Save cache, so that ltconfig can load it
+AC_CACHE_SAVE
+
+# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
+CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
+LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
+LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \
+DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" AS="$AS" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
+${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \
+$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
+|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
+
+# Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig
+AC_CACHE_LOAD
+
+# This can be used to rebuild libtool when needed
+LIBTOOL_DEPS="$ac_aux_dir/ltconfig $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh"
+
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+# Redirect the config.log output again, so that the ltconfig log is not
+# clobbered by the next message.
+exec 5>>./config.log
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP,
+[AC_PREREQ(2.13)dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
+dnl
+
+# Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
+libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file"
+test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
+test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static"
+test "$enable_fast_install" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-fast-install"
+test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
+test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
+ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN],
+[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-dlopen"])
+ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --enable-win32-dll"])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(libtool-lock,
+  [  --disable-libtool-lock  avoid locking (might break parallel builds)])
+test "x$enable_libtool_lock" = xno && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-lock"
+test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case "$host" in
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  SAVE_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the C compiler needs -belf], lt_cv_cc_needs_belf,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([],[],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=yes],[lt_cv_cc_needs_belf=no])])
+  if test x"$lt_cv_cc_needs_belf" != x"yes"; then
+    # this is probably gcc 2.8.0, egcs 1.0 or newer; no need for -belf
+    CFLAGS="$SAVE_CFLAGS"
+  fi
+  ;;
+
+ifdef([AC_PROVIDE_AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL],
+[*-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw*)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(DLLTOOL, dlltool, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(AS, as, false)
+  AC_CHECK_TOOL(OBJDUMP, objdump, false)
+  ;;
+])
+esac
+])
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN - enable checks for dlopen support
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
+
+# AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL - declare package support for building win32 dll's
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBTOOL_WIN32_DLL, [AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])])
+
+# AC_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag
+# Usage: AC_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)]
+#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
+#   `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_SHARED, [dnl
+define([AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<  --enable-shared[=PKGS]  build shared libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT],
+changequote([, ])dnl
+[p=${PACKAGE-default}
+case "$enableval" in
+yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+no) enable_shared=no ;;
+*)
+  enable_shared=no
+  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
+  for pkg in $enableval; do
+    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+      enable_shared=yes
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac],
+enable_shared=AC_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl
+])
+
+# AC_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
+AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_SHARED, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_SHARED(no)])
+
+# AC_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag
+# Usage: AC_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)]
+#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
+#   `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_STATIC, [dnl
+define([AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<  --enable-static[=PKGS]  build static libraries [default=>>AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT],
+changequote([, ])dnl
+[p=${PACKAGE-default}
+case "$enableval" in
+yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+no) enable_static=no ;;
+*)
+  enable_static=no
+  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
+  for pkg in $enableval; do
+    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+      enable_static=yes
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac],
+enable_static=AC_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl
+])
+
+# AC_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static
+AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_STATIC, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)])
+
+
+# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - implement the --enable-fast-install flag
+# Usage: AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL[(DEFAULT)]
+#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
+#   `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [dnl
+define([AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(fast-install,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<  --enable-fast-install[=PKGS]  optimize for fast installation [default=>>AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT],
+changequote([, ])dnl
+[p=${PACKAGE-default}
+case "$enableval" in
+yes) enable_fast_install=yes ;;
+no) enable_fast_install=no ;;
+*)
+  enable_fast_install=no
+  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
+  for pkg in $enableval; do
+    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+      enable_fast_install=yes
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac],
+enable_fast_install=AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL_DEFAULT)dnl
+])
+
+# AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL - set the default to --disable-fast-install
+AC_DEFUN(AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+AC_ENABLE_FAST_INSTALL(no)])
+
+# AC_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD,
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_BUILD])dnl
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
+  case "$ac_prog" in
+    # Accept absolute paths.
+changequote(,)dnl
+    [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)
+      re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./'
+changequote([,])dnl
+      # Canonicalize the path of ld
+      ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
+      while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
+	ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
+      done
+      test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+      ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
+      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+      else
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_SUBST(LD)
+AC_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_LD_GNU,
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi])
+])
+
+# AC_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
+AC_DEFUN(AC_PROG_NM,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
+[if test -n "$NM"; then
+  # Let the user override the test.
+  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM"
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH /usr/ccs/bin /usr/ucb /bin; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/nm || test -f $ac_dir/nm$ac_exeext ; then
+      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
+	ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
+	break
+      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
+	ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
+	break
+      else
+	ac_cv_path_NM=${ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"} # keep the first match, but
+	continue # so that we can try to find one that supports BSD flags
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
+fi])
+NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
+AC_SUBST(NM)
+])
+
+# AC_CHECK_LIBM - check for math library
+AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_LIBM,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+LIBM=
+case "$host" in
+*-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin*)
+  # These system don't have libm
+  ;;
+*-ncr-sysv4.3*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(mw, _mwvalidcheckl, LIBM="-lmw")
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="$LIBM -lm")
+  ;;
+*)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(m, main, LIBM="-lm")
+  ;;
+esac
+])
+
+# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
+# the libltdl convenience library, adds --enable-ltdl-convenience to
+# the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL is not AC_SUBSTed, nor
+# is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not provided, it is assumed
+# to be `${top_builddir}/libltdl'.  Make sure you start DIR with
+# '${top_builddir}/' (note the single quotes!) if your package is not
+# flat, and, if you're not using automake, define top_builddir as
+# appropriate in the Makefiles.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+  case "$enable_ltdl_convenience" in
+  no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;;
+  "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes
+      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;;
+  esac
+  LIBLTDL=ifelse($#,1,$1,['${top_builddir}/libltdl'])/libltdlc.la
+  INCLTDL=ifelse($#,1,-I$1,['-I${top_builddir}/libltdl'])
+])
+
+# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE[(dir)] - sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for
+# the libltdl installable library, and adds --enable-ltdl-install to
+# the configure arguments.  Note that LIBLTDL is not AC_SUBSTed, nor
+# is AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS called.  If DIR is not provided, it is assumed
+# to be `${top_builddir}/libltdl'.  Make sure you start DIR with
+# '${top_builddir}/' (note the single quotes!) if your package is not
+# flat, and, if you're not using automake, define top_builddir as
+# appropriate in the Makefiles.
+# In the future, this macro may have to be called after AC_PROG_LIBTOOL.
+AC_DEFUN(AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE, [AC_BEFORE([$0],[AC_LIBTOOL_SETUP])dnl
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(ltdl, main,
+  [test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes && enable_ltdl_install=no],
+  [if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then
+     AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled])
+   else
+     enable_ltdl_install=yes
+   fi
+  ])
+  if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = x"yes"; then
+    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install"
+    LIBLTDL=ifelse($#,1,$1,['${top_builddir}/libltdl'])/libltdl.la
+    INCLTDL=ifelse($#,1,-I$1,['-I${top_builddir}/libltdl'])
+  else
+    ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no"
+    LIBLTDL="-lltdl"
+    INCLTDL=
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl old names
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL, [indir([AC_PROG_LIBTOOL])])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_ENABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_ENABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED, [indir([AC_DISABLE_SHARED], $@)])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC, [indir([AC_DISABLE_STATIC], $@)])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD, [indir([AC_PROG_LD])])dnl
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM, [indir([AC_PROG_NM])])dnl
+
+dnl This is just to silence aclocal about the macro not being used
+ifelse([AC_DISABLE_FAST_INSTALL])dnl
+
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# Modified to never use included libintl. 
+# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
+#
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 5
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_WITH_NLS,
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+    dnl Default is enabled NLS
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+#      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+#      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+#      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+#        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+      nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+	nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libc], gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) dgettext ("","")],
+	       gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no)])
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, dgettext,
+		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes,
+		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)],
+		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)])
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
+	    if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes" \
+	       && test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	       INTLLIBS=-lintl
+	       LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+	    fi
+	])
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
+	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
+	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
+	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
+
+	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
+	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
+	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
+	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
+	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
+#	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
+#		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
+#		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
+#		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
+#		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
+#		 fi
+#		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+#		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+#		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
+#		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
+#		 DATADIRNAME=lib
+#		 INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+#		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+#		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+#		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+#		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+#              fi
+            ])
+	  fi
+        fi
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      else
+         # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
+         CATOBJEXT=
+#        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+#        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+#        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+#        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+#	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+#        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+#        DATADIRNAME=share
+#	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+#	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+#	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+#        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+#        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+	dnl Makefiles still can work.
+	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
+	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+    fi
+    AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
+     [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
+        sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
+      esac])
+
+
+#    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+#    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+#    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+#      USE_NLS=yes
+#      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#    fi
+
+    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
+    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+    dnl in configure.in.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+  ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT,
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h sys/param.h])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+   fi
+
+   AM_LC_MESSAGES
+   AM_GTK_WITH_NLS
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+     fi
+
+     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+   else
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+   test -d intl || mkdir intl
+   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+     dnl cannot handle comments.
+     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
+   fi
+   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
+
+   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
+   dnl packages.
+   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
+   dnl Try to locate is.
+   MKINSTALLDIRS=
+   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+   l=
+   AC_SUBST(l)
+
+   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
+   test -d po || mkdir po
+   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+     else
+       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+     fi
+   else
+     posrcprefix="../"
+   fi
+   rm -f po/POTFILES
+   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+  ])
+

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
-dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.2
-
-# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
-# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
-# But this isn't really a big deal.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl Usage:
-dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL])
-PACKAGE=[$1]
-AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
-VERSION=[$2]
-AC_SUBST(VERSION)
-dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
-if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
-fi
-ifelse([$3],,
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION"))
-AM_SANITY_CHECK
-AC_ARG_PROGRAM
-dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
-missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])
-
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
-test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
-AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
-])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
-#
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftestfile
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
-# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
-# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
-# directory).
-if (
-   set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
-   if test "$@" = "X"; then
-      # -L didn't work.
-      set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
-   fi
-   test "[$]2" = conftestfile
-   )
-then
-   # Ok.
-   :
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock])
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
-
-dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
-dnl The program must properly implement --version.
-AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
-# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
-# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
-# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
-if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-   $1=$2
-   AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
-else
-   $1="$3/missing $2"
-   AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)])
-
-# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
-[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
-dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
-dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
-dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
-dnl and everything past the last "/".
-AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
-<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
-<<am_indx=1
-for am_file in <<$1>>; do
-  case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
-  *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
-    echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
-    ;;
-  esac
-  am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
-done<<>>dnl>>)
-changequote([,]))])
-
-
-# serial 17 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_LD])
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_NM])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)
-
-dnl Allow the --disable-shared flag to stop us from building shared libs.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-[  --enable-shared         build shared libraries [default=yes]],
-[if test "$enableval" = no; then
-  libtool_enable_shared=no
-else
-  libtool_enable_shared=yes
-fi])
-test -n "$libtool_enable_shared" && enable_shared="$libtool_enable_shared"
-libtool_shared=
-test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_shared=" --disable-shared"
-
-dnl Allow the --disable-static flag to stop us from building static libs.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
-[  --enable-static         build static libraries [default=yes]],
-[if test "$enableval" = no; then
-  libtool_enable_static=no
-else
-  libtool_enable_static=yes
-fi])
-test -n "$libtool_enable_static" && enable_static="$libtool_enable_static"
-libtool_static=
-test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_static=" --disable-static"
-
-libtool_flags="$libtool_shared$libtool_static"
-test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-[case "$host" in
-*-*-irix6*)
-  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  flag_passed=no
-  for f in -32 -64 -n32 ABI -cckr -mips1 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4; do
-    case "$f" in
-    ABI)
-      test -n "$SGI_ABI" && flag_passed=yes
-      if test "$flag_passed" = no && test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-	# Choose the ABI flag according to GCC's specs.
-	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | sed '/^\*link:$/,/^$/!d' | egrep -e '[ 	]-32' >/dev/null; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	else
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if echo " $CC $CFLAGS " | egrep -e "[ 	]$f[	 ]" > /dev/null; then
-	flag_passed=yes
-	LD="${LD-ld} $f"
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  ;;
-esac]
-
-# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
-CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
-])
-
-# AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD,
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
-  case "$ac_prog" in
-  # Accept absolute paths.
-  /*)
-    test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-    ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then
-      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_SUBST(LD)
-AM_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD_GNU,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-])
-
-# AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
-[case "$NM" in
-/*)
-  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in /usr/ucb $PATH /bin; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then
-      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1; exit 0) | grep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
-      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1; exit 0) | grep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
-      else
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
-  ;;
-esac])
-NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-AC_SUBST(NM)
-])
-
-# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.
-# From Jim Meyering
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_MAINTAINER_MODE,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
-  dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
-[  --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
-                          (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval,
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_MAINTAINER_MODE)
-  if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
-    MAINT=
-  else
-    MAINT='#M#'
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl
-]
-)
-
-
-# serial 1
-
-# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
-# @ovindex CC
-# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
-# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
-# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
-# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
-# handles function prototypes correctly.
-#
-# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
-# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
-# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
-# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
-# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
-# @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC="$CC"
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#if !defined(__STDC__) || __STDC__ != 1
-choke me
-#endif
-/* DYNIX/ptx V4.1.3 can't compile sys/stat.h with -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__. */
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-], [
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
-done
-CC="$ac_save_CC"
-])
-if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
-fi
-case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno) ;;
-  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-])
-

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
+
+srcdir=`dirname $0`
+test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=.
+
+ORIGDIR=`pwd`
+cd $srcdir
+PROJECT=Gtk+
+TEST_TYPE=-d
+FILE=gdk
+
+DIE=0
+
+(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+	echo
+	echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
+	echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
+	DIE=1
+}
+
+(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+	echo
+	echo "You must have automake installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "Get ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/home/tromey/automake-1.2d.tar.gz"
+	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+	DIE=1
+}
+
+if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+test $TEST_TYPE $FILE || {
+	echo "You must run this script in the top-level $PROJECT directory"
+	exit 1
+}
+
+if test -z "$*"; then
+	echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish "
+        echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
+fi
+
+case $CC in
+*xlc | *xlc\ * | *lcc | *lcc\ *) am_opt=--include-deps;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"; then
+
+	acdir=`aclocal --print-ac-dir`
+        m4list="glib.m4 gettext.m4"
+
+	for file in $m4list
+	do
+		if [ ! -f "$acdir/$file" ]; then
+			echo "WARNING: aclocal's directory is $acdir, but..."
+			echo "         no file $acdir/$file"
+			echo "         You may see fatal macro warnings below."
+			echo "         If these files are installed in /some/dir, set the ACLOCAL_FLAGS "
+			echo "         environment variable to \"-I /some/dir\", or install"
+			echo "         $acdir/$file."
+			echo ""
+		fi
+	done
+fi
+
+echo "Running gettextize...  Ignore non-fatal messages."
+# Hmm, we specify --force here, since otherwise things dont'
+# get added reliably, but we don't want to overwrite intl
+# while making dist.
+echo "no" | gettextize --copy --force
+
+aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
+
+# optionally feature autoheader
+(autoheader --version)  < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 && autoheader
+
+automake -a $am_opt
+autoconf
+cd $ORIGDIR
+
+$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode "$@"
+
+echo 
+echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."

config.guess

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@
 
 # Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
 # The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
+# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list <autoconf@gnu.org>.
 #
 # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
 # config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
@@ -35,6 +37,20 @@
 # (but try to keep the structure clean).
 #
 
+# Use $HOST_CC if defined. $CC may point to a cross-compiler
+if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then
+  if test x"$HOST_CC" != x; then
+    CC_FOR_BUILD="$HOST_CC"
+  else
+    if test x"$CC" != x; then
+      CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC"
+    else
+      CC_FOR_BUILD=cc
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
+
+
 # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
 # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.)
 if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
@@ -46,7 +62,8 @@ UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
 UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
 UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
 
-trap 'rm -f dummy.c dummy.o dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
+dummy=dummy-$$
+trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15
 
 # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
 
@@ -59,7 +76,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
 	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
 	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	cat <<EOF >dummy.s
+	cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
 	.globl main
 	.ent main
 main:
@@ -76,9 +93,9 @@ main:
 	ret \$31,(\$26),1
 	.end main
 EOF
-	${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
 	if test "$?" = 0 ; then
-		./dummy
+		./$dummy
 		case "$?" in
 			7)
 				UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
@@ -97,8 +114,14 @@ EOF
 				;;
 		esac
 	fi
-	rm -f dummy.s dummy
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr [[A-Z]] [[a-z]]`
+	rm -f $dummy.s $dummy
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+	# of the specific Alpha model?
+	echo alpha-pc-interix
 	exit 0 ;;
     21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
 	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
@@ -112,6 +135,9 @@ EOF
     amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+	exit 0 ;;
     arc64:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo mips64el-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -139,7 +165,7 @@ EOF
     SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
 	exit 0;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:*|MIS*:OSx*:*:*)
+    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
 	# akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
 	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
 		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
@@ -147,9 +173,12 @@ EOF
 		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
 	fi
 	exit 0 ;;
-    NILE:*:*:dcosx)
+    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
 	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
 	exit 0 ;;
+    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+	exit 0 ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -195,6 +224,32 @@ EOF
     atari*:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
+    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor 
+    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
+    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+    # be no problem.
+    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
+    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+        echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
     sun3*:NetBSD:*:*)
 	echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -216,6 +271,9 @@ EOF
     powerpc:machten:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    macppc:NetBSD:*:*)
+        echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        exit 0 ;;
     RISC*:Mach:*:*)
 	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -225,12 +283,16 @@ EOF
     VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
 	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
-    2020:CLIX:*:*)
+    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
 	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
     mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
-	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char **argv; {
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
 	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
 	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
 	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
@@ -245,10 +307,10 @@ EOF
 	  exit (-1);
 	}
 EOF
-	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy \
-	  && ./dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
-	  && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy \
+	  && ./$dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+	  && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
     Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
@@ -300,7 +362,7 @@ EOF
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:AIX:2:3)
 	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >dummy.c
+		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
 		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
 
 		main()
@@ -311,8 +373,8 @@ EOF
 			exit(0);
 			}
 EOF
-		${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-		rm -f dummy.c dummy
+		$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+		rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
 	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
@@ -321,7 +383,8 @@ EOF
 	fi
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:AIX:*:4)
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl proc0 | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | head -1 | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -EHl ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep POWER >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
 	else
 		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
@@ -354,18 +417,50 @@ EOF
     hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
 	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
 	exit 0 ;;
-    9000/[3478]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
 	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
 	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
 	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/7?? | 9000/8?[1679] ) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;;
-	    9000/8?? )            HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;;
+	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+              sed 's/^              //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+              #include <stdlib.h>
+              #include <unistd.h>
+
+              int main ()
+              {
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+                  long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+              #endif
+                  long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+                  switch (cpu)
+              	{
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+              	case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+              #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+              	    switch (bits)
+              		{
+              		case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+              		case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+              		default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              		} break;
+              #else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+              	    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+              #endif
+              	default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+              	}
+                  exit (0);
+              }
+EOF
+	($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	esac
 	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
 	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
 	exit 0 ;;
     3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >dummy.c
+	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
 	#include <unistd.h>
 	int
 	main ()
@@ -390,8 +485,8 @@ EOF
 	  exit (0);
 	}
 EOF
-	${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy && ./$dummy && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
 	exit 0 ;;
     9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
@@ -400,6 +495,9 @@ EOF
     9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
 	exit 0 ;;
+    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+	exit 0 ;;
     hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
 	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -416,6 +514,9 @@ EOF
     parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
 	exit 0 ;;
+    hppa*:OpenBSD:*:*)
+	echo hppa-unknown-openbsd
+	exit 0 ;;
     C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
 	echo c1-convex-bsd
         exit 0 ;;
@@ -448,11 +549,14 @@ EOF
     CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
 	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+	echo t3e-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
     CRAY-2:*:*:*)
 	echo cray2-cray-unicos
         exit 0 ;;
     F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr [A-Z] [a-z] | sed -e 's/\///'`
+        FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
         FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
         echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
         exit 0 ;;
@@ -465,10 +569,22 @@ EOF
     hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
-    i?86:BSD/386:*:* | *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+    i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
     *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+	if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then
+	    if test "elf" = "`/usr/bin/objformat`"; then
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsdelf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'`
+		exit 0
+	    fi
+	fi
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:NetBSD:*:*)
@@ -478,13 +594,22 @@ EOF
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-cygwin32
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
 	exit 0 ;;
     i*:MINGW*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-mingw32
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+	echo i386-pc-interix
+	exit 0 ;;
+    i*:UWIN*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
 	exit 0 ;;
     p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin32
+	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
 	exit 0 ;;
     prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
@@ -493,9 +618,17 @@ EOF
 	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:Linux:*:*)
+	# uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
+	# filter it out.
+	case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
+	  armv*)		      UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;;
+	  arm* | sa110*)	      UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
+	esac
+
 	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
-	# first see if it will tell us.
-	ld_help_string=`ld --help 2>&1`
+	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+	# problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+	ld_help_string=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1`
 	ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \
 			 | sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d
 				    s/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g
@@ -506,12 +639,42 @@ EOF
 	  i?86linux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"      ; exit 0 ;;
 	  i?86coff)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"      ; exit 0 ;;
 	  sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
+	  armlinux)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
 	  m68klinux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
-	  elf32ppc)   echo "powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu"              ; exit 0 ;;
+	  elf32ppc)
+		# Determine Lib Version
+		cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#include <features.h>
+#if defined(__GLIBC__)
+extern char __libc_version[];
+extern char __libc_release[];
+#endif
+main(argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char *argv[];
+{
+#if defined(__GLIBC__)
+  printf("%s %s\n", __libc_version, __libc_release);
+#else
+  printf("unkown\n");
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+		LIBC=""
+		$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
+		if test "$?" = 0 ; then
+			./$dummy | grep 1\.99 > /dev/null
+			if test "$?" = 0 ; then
+				LIBC="libc1"
+			fi
+		fi	
+		rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
+		echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0 ;;
 	esac
 
 	if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
-		sed 's/^	//'  <<EOF >dummy.s
+		sed 's/^	//'  <<EOF >$dummy.s
 		.globl main
 		.ent main
 	main:
@@ -529,9 +692,9 @@ EOF
 		.end main
 EOF
 		LIBC=""
-		${CC-cc} dummy.s -o dummy 2>/dev/null
+		$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null
 		if test "$?" = 0 ; then
-			./dummy
+			./$dummy
 			case "$?" in
 			7)
 				UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
@@ -548,22 +711,23 @@ EOF
 			16)
 				UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
 				;;
-			esac	
+			esac
 
-			objdump --private-headers dummy | \
+			objdump --private-headers $dummy | \
 			  grep ld.so.1 > /dev/null
 			if test "$?" = 0 ; then
 				LIBC="libc1"
 			fi
-		fi	
-		rm -f dummy.s dummy
+		fi
+		rm -f $dummy.s $dummy
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0
 	elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then
-	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
-main(argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char *argv[];
-{
+	  cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
 #ifdef __MIPSEB__
   printf ("%s-unknown-linux-gnu\n", argv[1]);
 #endif
@@ -573,8 +737,8 @@ main(argc, argv)
   return 0;
 }
 EOF
-	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	  $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+	  rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	else
 	  # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld)
 	  # or one that does not give us useful --help.
@@ -593,12 +757,13 @@ EOF
 	    ;;
 	  esac
 	  # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
-	  cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+	  cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
 #include <features.h>
-main(argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char *argv[];
-{
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
 #ifdef __ELF__
 # ifdef __GLIBC__
 #  if __GLIBC__ >= 2
@@ -615,8 +780,8 @@ main(argc, argv)
   return 0;
 }
 EOF
-	  ${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-	  rm -f dummy.c dummy
+	  $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+	  rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	fi ;;
 # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.  earlier versions
 # are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename.
@@ -638,6 +803,14 @@ EOF
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
 	exit 0 ;;
+    i?86:*:5:7*)
+	UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+	(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
     i?86:*:3.2:*)
 	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
 		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
@@ -647,6 +820,10 @@ EOF
 		(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
 		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
 			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent ?II' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+		(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
 	else
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
@@ -693,7 +870,7 @@ EOF
     mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
 	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
 	exit 0 ;;
-    i?86:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+    i?86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i?86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:*)
 	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
     TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
@@ -705,6 +882,9 @@ EOF
     SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
 	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+	echo mips-sni-sysv4
+	exit 0 ;;
     RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
 	echo mips-sni-sysv4
 	exit 0 ;;
@@ -735,19 +915,40 @@ EOF
     news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*)
 	echo mips-sony-newsos6
 	exit 0 ;;
-    R3000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:*)
+    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
 	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
 	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	else
 	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
         exit 0 ;;
+    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-be-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+	echo powerpc-apple-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+	echo i586-pc-beos
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
+    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit 0 ;;
 esac
 
 #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
 #echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
 
-cat >dummy.c <<EOF
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
 #ifdef _SEQUENT_
 # include <sys/types.h>
 # include <sys/utsname.h>
@@ -785,7 +986,10 @@ main ()
 #endif
   int version;
   version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
-  printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  if (version < 4)
+    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+  else
+    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
   exit (0);
 #endif
 
@@ -845,8 +1049,8 @@ main ()
 }
 EOF
 
-${CC-cc} dummy.c -o dummy 2>/dev/null && ./dummy && rm dummy.c dummy && exit 0
-rm -f dummy.c dummy
+$CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0
+rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 
 # Apollos put the system type in the environment.
 

config.h.in

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
-
-/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
-#undef const
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#undef RETSIGTYPE
-
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
-#undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
-
-/* Other stuff */
-#undef HAVE_IPC_H
-#undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_XPM
-#undef HAVE_XSHM_H
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
-
-#undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
-
-#undef NO_FD_SET
-
-#undef RESOURCE_BASE
-
-#undef XINPUT_NONE
-#undef XINPUT_GXI
-#undef XINPUT_XFREE
-
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#undef RETSIGTYPE
-
-/* #undef PACKAGE */
-/* #undef VERSION */

config.sub

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1.
-#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
 # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
 # can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
@@ -98,11 +98,21 @@ case $os in
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
+	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
+		os=
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
+	-scout)
+		;;
+	-wrs)
+		os=vxworks
+		basic_machine=$1
+		;;
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
 	-sco5)
-		os=sco3.2v5
+		os=-sco3.2v5
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
 	-sco4)
@@ -121,6 +131,9 @@ case $os in
 		os=-sco3.2v2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
+	-udk*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-isc)
 		os=-isc2.2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -150,19 +163,26 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
 	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
 	tahoe | i860 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
-		| arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 \
-		| tron | a29k | 580 | i960 | h8300 | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 \
-		| alpha | alphaev5 | alphaev56 | we32k | ns16k | clipper \
-		| i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 \
-		| mips64 | mipsel | mips64el | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-		| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | v850)
+		| arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
+		| 580 | i960 | h8300 \
+		| hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \
+		| alpha | alphaev[4-7] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \
+		| we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle \
+		| 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \
+		| mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
+		| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
+		| mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el \
+		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \
+		| thumb | d10v)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65)
+		;;
+
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
 	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i[3456]86)
+	i[34567]86)
 	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
 	  ;;
 	# Object if more than one company name word.
@@ -171,27 +191,44 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		exit 1
 		;;
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[3456]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
 	      | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
 	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	      | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | i960-* \
-	      | xmp-* | ymp-* | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* \
-	      | alpha-* | alphaev5-* | alphaev56-* | we32k-* | cydra-* \
-	      | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* | clipper-* | orion-* \
+	      | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \
+	      | xmp-* | ymp-* \
+	      | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* | hppa2.0n-* \
+	      | alpha-* | alphaev[4-7]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \
+	      | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \
+	      | clipper-* | orion-* \
 	      | sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \
-	      | sparc64-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
-	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-*  \
+	      | sparc64-* | sparcv9-* | sparc86x-* | mips16-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
+	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
+	      | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
 	      | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	      | f301-*)
+	      | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \
+	      | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \
+	      | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* )
 		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
+	386bsd)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
 	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
 		basic_machine=m68000-att
 		;;
 	3b*)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
+	a29khif)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
+	adobe68k)
+		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
+		os=-scout
+		;;
 	alliant | fx80)
 		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
 		;;
@@ -221,6 +258,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
+	apollo68bsd)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
 	aux)
 		basic_machine=m68k-apple
 		os=-aux
@@ -297,6 +338,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	encore | umax | mmax)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
 		;;
+	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
+		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
 	fx2800)
 		basic_machine=i860-alliant
 		;;
@@ -315,6 +360,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
+	h8300xray)
+		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
+		os=-xray
+		;;
+	h8500hms)
+		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
+		os=-hms
+		;;
 	harris)
 		basic_machine=m88k-harris
 		os=-sysv3
@@ -330,13 +383,30 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m68k-hp
 		os=-hpux
 		;;
+	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
 	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
 		basic_machine=m68000-hp
 		;;
 	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
 		basic_machine=m68k-hp
 		;;
-	hp9k7[0-9][0-9] | hp7[0-9][0-9] | hp9k8[0-9]7 | hp8[0-9]7)
+	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
+		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		;;
+	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
 		;;
 	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
@@ -345,27 +415,51 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	hppa-next)
 		os=-nextstep3
 		;;
+	hppaosf)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-osf
+		;;
+	hppro)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
 	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
 		;;
 # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
-	i[3456]86v32)
+	i[34567]86v32)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv32
 		;;
-	i[3456]86v4*)
+	i[34567]86v4*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
-	i[3456]86v)
+	i[34567]86v)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
-	i[3456]86sol2)
+	i[34567]86sol2)
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
 		os=-solaris2
 		;;
+	i386mach)
+		basic_machine=i386-mach
+		os=-mach
+		;;
+	i386-vsta | vsta)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-vsta
+		;;
+	i386-go32 | go32)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-go32
+		;;
+	i386-mingw32 | mingw32)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
 	iris | iris4d)
 		basic_machine=mips-sgi
 		case $os in
@@ -394,6 +488,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	miniframe)
 		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
 		;;
+	*mint | *MiNT)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
 	mipsel*-linux*)
 		basic_machine=mipsel-unknown
 		os=-linux-gnu
@@ -408,10 +506,26 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	mips3*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
 		;;
+	monitor)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	msdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-msdos
+		;;
 	ncr3000)
 		basic_machine=i486-ncr
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
+	netbsd386)
+		basic_machine=i386-unknown
+		os=-netbsd
+		;;
+	netwinder)
+		basic_machine=armv4l-corel
+		os=-linux
+		;;
 	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
 		basic_machine=m68k-sony
 		os=-newsos
@@ -424,6 +538,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=mips-sony
 		os=-newsos
 		;;
+	necv70)
+		basic_machine=v70-nec
+		os=-sysv
+		;;
 	next | m*-next )
 		basic_machine=m68k-next
 		case $os in
@@ -449,9 +567,25 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i960-intel
 		os=-nindy
 		;;
+	mon960)
+		basic_machine=i960-intel
+		os=-mon960
+		;;
 	np1)
 		basic_machine=np1-gould
 		;;
+	op50n-* | op60c-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	OSE68000 | ose68000)
+		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	os68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-none
+		os=-os68k
+		;;
 	pa-hitachi)
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
 		os=-hiuxwe2
@@ -469,25 +603,23 @@ case $basic_machine in
         pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
-	pentium | p5)
-		basic_machine=i586-intel
+	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexen)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6)
-		basic_machine=i686-intel
+	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
 		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-*)
+	pentiumii | pentium2)
+		basic_machine=i786-pc
+		;;
+	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexen-*)
 		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-*)
+	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-*)
 		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
-	k5)
-		# We don't have specific support for AMD's K5 yet, so just call it a Pentium
-		basic_machine=i586-amd
-		;;
-	nexen)
-		# We don't have specific support for Nexgen yet, so just call it a Pentium
-		basic_machine=i586-nexgen
+	pentiumii-* | pentium2-*)
+		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
 		;;
 	pn)
 		basic_machine=pn-gould
@@ -507,12 +639,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	ps2)
 		basic_machine=i386-ibm
 		;;
+	rom68k)
+		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
+		os=-coff
+		;;
 	rm[46]00)
 		basic_machine=mips-siemens
 		;;
 	rtpc | rtpc-*)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
+	sa29200)
+		basic_machine=a29k-amd
+		os=-udi
+		;;
 	sequent)
 		basic_machine=i386-sequent
 		;;
@@ -520,6 +660,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
+	sparclite-wrs)
+		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
+		os=-vxworks
+		;;
 	sps7)
 		basic_machine=m68k-bull
 		os=-sysv2
@@ -527,6 +671,13 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	spur)
 		basic_machine=spur-unknown
 		;;
+	st2000)
+		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
+		;;
+	stratus)
+		basic_machine=i860-stratus
+		os=-sysv4
+		;;
 	sun2)
 		basic_machine=m68000-sun
 		;;
@@ -571,6 +722,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-sequent
 		os=-dynix
 		;;
+	t3e)
+		basic_machine=t3e-cray
+		os=-unicos
+		;;
 	tx39)
 		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
 		;;
@@ -588,6 +743,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
 		os=-sym1
 		;;
+	v810 | necv810)
+		basic_machine=v810-nec
+		os=-none
+		;;
 	vaxv)
 		basic_machine=vax-dec
 		os=-sysv
@@ -611,6 +770,14 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
 		os=-vxworks
 		;;
+	w65*)
+		basic_machine=w65-wdc
+		os=-none
+		;;
+	w89k-*)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
 	xmp)
 		basic_machine=xmp-cray
 		os=-unicos
@@ -618,6 +785,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
         xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
+	z8k-*-coff)
+		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
+		os=-sim
+		;;
 	none)
 		basic_machine=none-none
 		os=-none
@@ -625,6 +796,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 
 # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
 # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
+	w89k)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
+		;;
+	op50n)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
+	op60c)
+		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
+		;;
 	mips)
 		if [ x$os = x-linux-gnu ]; then
 			basic_machine=mips-unknown
@@ -647,7 +827,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sparc)
+	sparc | sparcv9)
 		basic_machine=sparc-sun
 		;;
         cydra)
@@ -659,6 +839,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	orion105)
 		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
 		;;
+	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=m68k-apple
+		;;
+	pmac | pmac-mpw)
+		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
+		;;
+	c4x*)
+		basic_machine=c4x-none
+		os=-coff
+		;;
 	*)
 		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
 		exit 1
@@ -712,13 +902,21 @@ case $os in
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
 	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
-	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* \
+	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -cygwin32* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv*)
+	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
+	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
+		;;
+	-mac*)
+		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
+		;;
 	-linux*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
 		;;
@@ -743,6 +941,9 @@ case $os in
 	-acis*)
 		os=-aos
 		;;
+	-386bsd)
+		os=-bsd
+		;;
 	-ctix* | -uts*)
 		os=-sysv
 		;;
@@ -774,9 +975,18 @@ case $os in
 	# This must come after -sysvr4.
 	-sysv*)
 		;;
+	-ose*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
+	-es1800*)
+		os=-ose
+		;;
 	-xenix)
 		os=-xenix
 		;;
+        -*mint | -*MiNT)
+	        os=-mint
+		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
 	*)
@@ -802,6 +1012,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-acorn)
 		os=-riscix1.2
 		;;
+	arm*-corel)
+		os=-linux
+		;;
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
@@ -823,15 +1036,36 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		# default.
 		# os=-sunos4
 		;;
+	m68*-cisco)
+		os=-aout
+		;;
+	mips*-cisco)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+	mips*-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
 	sparc-* | *-sun)
 		os=-sunos4.1.1
 		;;
+	*-be)
+		os=-beos
+		;;
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
+	*-wec)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-winbond)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
+	*-oki)
+		os=-proelf
+		;;
 	*-hp)
 		os=-hpux
 		;;
@@ -895,6 +1129,18 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	f301-fujitsu)
 		os=-uxpv
 		;;
+	*-rom68k)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-*bug)
+		os=-coff
+		;;
+	*-apple)
+		os=-macos
+		;;
+	*-atari*)
+		os=-mint
+		;;
 	*)
 		os=-none
 		;;
@@ -916,9 +1162,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-aix*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
+			-beos*)
+				vendor=be
+				;;
 			-hpux*)
 				vendor=hp
 				;;
+			-mpeix*)
+				vendor=hp
+				;;
 			-hiux*)
 				vendor=hitachi
 				;;
@@ -946,6 +1198,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-aux*)
 				vendor=apple
 				;;
+			-hms*)
+				vendor=hitachi
+				;;
+			-mpw* | -macos*)
+				vendor=apple
+				;;
+			-*mint | -*MiNT)
+				vendor=atari
+				;;
 		esac
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
 		;;

configure.in

@@ -1,11 +1,67 @@
 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 AC_INIT(gdk/gdktypes.h)
 
-# Configure glib
-AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(glib)
+# In the following, there are a the following variants
+# of GLib cflags and libs variables
+#
+# GLIB_CFLAGS:  cflags for compiling libraries and example progs
+# GLIB_LIBS:    libraries for linking example programs
+# GLIB_DEPLIBS: libraries for linking libraries against
+# glib_cflags:  cflags to store in gtk-config
+# glib_libs:    libs to store in gtk-config
+# glib_thread_cflags: cflags to store in gtk-config for gtk-config gthread
+# glib_thread_libs:   libs to store in gtk-config for gtk-config gthread
+
+# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
+cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+
+dnl we to AC_DIVERT_PUSH/AC_DIVERT_POP these variable definitions so they
+dnl are available for $ac_help expansion (don't we all *love* autoconf?)
+AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)dnl
+#
+# Making releases:
+#   GTK_MICRO_VERSION += 1;
+#   GTK_INTERFACE_AGE += 1;
+#   GTK_BINARY_AGE += 1;
+# if any functions have been added, set GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
+# if backwards compatibility has been broken,
+# set GTK_BINARY_AGE and GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
+#
+GTK_MAJOR_VERSION=1
+GTK_MINOR_VERSION=2
+GTK_MICRO_VERSION=6
+GTK_INTERFACE_AGE=1
+GTK_BINARY_AGE=6
+GTK_VERSION=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION.$GTK_MICRO_VERSION
+dnl
+AC_DIVERT_POP()dnl
+
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MINOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_INTERFACE_AGE)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_BINARY_AGE)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_VERSION)
+
+# libtool versioning
+LT_RELEASE=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION
+LT_CURRENT=`expr $GTK_MICRO_VERSION - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
+LT_REVISION=$GTK_INTERFACE_AGE
+LT_AGE=`expr $GTK_BINARY_AGE - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
+AC_SUBST(LT_RELEASE)
+AC_SUBST(LT_CURRENT)
+AC_SUBST(LT_REVISION)
+AC_SUBST(LT_AGE)
+
+# For automake.
+VERSION=$GTK_VERSION
+PACKAGE=gtk+
+
+# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
+cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
 
 dnl Initialize automake stuff
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gtk+, 971109)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE, $VERSION, no-define)
 
 # Specify a configuration file
 AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
@@ -18,50 +74,218 @@ AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
 
 AC_CANONICAL_HOST
 
+dnl figure debugging default, prior to $ac_help setup
+dnl
+AC_DIVERT_PUSH(AC_DIVERSION_NOTICE)dnl
+if test `expr $GTK_MINOR_VERSION \% 2` = 1 ; then
+        debug_default=yes
+else
+        debug_default=minimum
+fi
+AC_DIVERT_POP()dnl
+
+dnl declare --enable-* args and collect ac_help strings
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug=[no/minimum/yes] turn on debugging [default=$debug_default]],,enable_debug=$debug_default)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(shm, [  --enable-shm            support shared memory if available [default=yes]],
 		   echo $enable_shm, enable_shm="yes")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug          turn on debugging [default=no]],
-if eval "test x$enable_debug = xyes"; then
-  DEBUGFLAG="-g"
-fi)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(ansi, [  --enable-ansi           turn on strict ansi [default=no]],
 		    , enable_ansi=no)
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib, [  --with-glib=DIR         Use uninstalled copy of glib])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim, [  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]],
+			, enable_xim="yes")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim_inst, [  --disable-xim-inst      does not use xim instantiate callback],
+			, enable_xim_inst="maybe")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rebuilds, [  --disable-rebuilds      disable all source autogeneration rules],,enable_rebuilds=yes)
+AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
 
-AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput[=no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
 
-if test -n "$DEBUGFLAG"; then
-  CFLAGS="$DEBUGFLAG"
+if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
+  test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
+  GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_ENABLE_DEBUG"
 else
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DNDEBUG"
+  if test "x$enable_debug" = "xno"; then
+    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DG_DISABLE_ASSERT -DG_DISABLE_CHECKS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+  else
+    GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS="-DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+  fi
 fi
 
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING, "${enable_debug}")
+
 # Build time sanity check...
 AM_SANITY_CHECK
 
 # Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
+AC_ISC_POSIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
 
-if eval "test x$GCC = xyes"; then
-  test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-Wall" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-  if test ! $?; then
-    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
-  fi
+changequote(,)dnl
+if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+  case " $CFLAGS " in
+  *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
+  *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall" ;;
+  esac
 
-  if eval "test x$enable_ansi = xyes"; then
-    test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-ansi" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-    if test ! $?; then
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi"
-    fi
+  if test "x$enable_ansi" = "xyes"; then
+    case " $CFLAGS " in
+    *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
+    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi" ;;
+    esac
 
-    test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-pedantic" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-    if test ! $?; then
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic"
-    fi
+    case " $CFLAGS " in
+    *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
+    *) CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
+    esac
   fi
 fi
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+# Honor aclocal flags
+ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+
+# define a MAINT-like variable REBUILD which is set if Perl
+# and awk are found, so autogenerated sources can be rebuilt
+
+AC_PROG_AWK
+AC_CHECK_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl)
+
+# We would like indent, but don't require it.
+AC_CHECK_PROG(INDENT, indent, indent)
+
+REBUILD=\#
+if test "x$enable_rebuilds" = "xyes" && \
+     test -n "$PERL" && \
+     $PERL -e 'exit !($] >= 5.002)' > /dev/null 2>&1 && \
+     test -n "$AWK" ; then
+  REBUILD=
+fi
+AC_SUBST(REBUILD)
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether make is GNU Make)
+STRIP_BEGIN=
+STRIP_END=
+if $ac_make --version 2>/dev/null | grep '^GNU Make ' >/dev/null ; then
+	STRIP_BEGIN='$(strip'
+	STRIP_END=')'
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_BEGIN)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_END)
+
+# i18n stuff
+ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de el es et eu fi fr ga hr hu it ja ko nl no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sv uk wa zh_TW.Big5"
+AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT
+LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
+
+# AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT above substs $DATADIRNAME
+# this is the directory where the *.{mo,gmo} files are installed
+gtklocaledir='${prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale'
+AC_SUBST(gtklocaledir)
+
+dnl The DU4 header files don't provide library prototypes unless 
+dnl -std1 is given to the native cc.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags to get ANSI library prototypes])
+
+gtk_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="$LIBS -lm"
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
+             int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
+     gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std1"
+     AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
+	         int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(-std1),
+         AC_MSG_RESULT()
+         CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
+         AC_MSG_WARN(
+                [No ANSI prototypes found in library. (-std1 didn't work.)]),
+	 true
+     ),
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed)
+)
+LIBS=$gtk_save_LIBS
+
+dnl NeXTStep cc seems to need this
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags for POSIX compliance])
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
+  gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -posix"
+  AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(-posix),
+    AC_MSG_RESULT()
+    CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
+    AC_MSG_WARN([Could not determine POSIX flag. (-posix didn't work.)])))
+
+if test x$with_glib = xyes ; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** Directory must be specified for --with-glib])
+fi
+
+if test x$with_glib = x ; then 
+  # Look for separately installed glib
+
+  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.2.4,,
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** GLIB 1.2.4 or better is required. The latest version of GLIB
+*** is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
+    gmodule gthread)
+
+  # we do not want to make all gtk progs to link to thread libraries.
+  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --cflags`
+  glib_thread_cflags="$GLIB_CFLAGS"
+  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --libs`
+  glib_thread_libs="$GLIB_LIBS"
+  GLIB_LIBS="$glib_libs"
+  GLIB_DEPLIBS="$glib_libs"
+else
+  # Use uninstalled glib (assume they got the version right)
+
+  GLIB_CONFIG=$with_glib/glib-config
+  if test -x $GLIB_CONFIG ; then 
+    :
+  else
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([GLIB directory ($with_glib) not present or not configured])
+  fi
+
+  # For use in gtk-config
+  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG --cflags gmodule`
+  glib_thread_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG --cflags gmodule gthread`
+  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG --libs gmodule`
+  glib_thread_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG --libs gmodule gthread`
+
+  glib_release=`$GLIB_CONFIG --version | sed 's%\\.[[0-9]]*$%%'`
+
+  # canonicalize relative paths
+  case $with_glib in 
+    /*)
+      glib_dir=$with_glib
+      ;;
+    *)
+      glib_dir="\$(top_builddir)/$with_glib"
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  GLIB_CFLAGS="-I$glib_dir -I$glib_dir/gmodule"
+  GLIB_LIBS="$glib_dir/libglib.la $glib_dir/gmodule/libgmodule.la"
+  GLIB_DEPLIBS=
+
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(glib_cflags)
+AC_SUBST(glib_libs)
+AC_SUBST(glib_thread_cflags)
+AC_SUBST(glib_thread_libs)
+AC_SUBST(GLIB_DEPLIBS)
 
 # Find the X11 include and library directories
 AC_PATH_X
@@ -74,16 +298,76 @@ fi
 saved_cflags="$CFLAGS"
 saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
 
-CFLAGS="$X_CFLAGS"
-LDFLAGS="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $X_CFLAGS"
+LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
+
+if test "x$no_x" = "xyes"; then 
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** X libraries or include files not found. Check 'config.log' for 
+*** more details.])
+fi
 
 # Checks for libraries.
 # Check for the X11 library
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", no_x11_lib=yes, $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", 
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libX11 not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.]),
+  $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
 
-if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
+if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   # Check for the Xext library (needed for XShm extention)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmAttach, x_libs="-lXext $x_libs", no_xext_lib=yes, $x_libs)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmAttach, 
+      x_libs="-lXext $x_libs", 
+      # On AIX, it is in XextSam instead, but we still need -lXext
+      AC_CHECK_LIB(XextSam, XShmAttach, 
+          x_libs="-lXextSam -lXext $x_libs", 
+          no_xext_lib=yes, $x_libs),
+      $x_libs)
+fi
+
+# Check for shaped window extension
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShapeCombineMask,
+      if test -z "`echo $x_libs | grep "\-lXext" 2> /dev/null`"; then
+           x_libs="-lXext $x_libs"
+      fi
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHAPE_EXT),
+      ,
+      $x_libs)
+
+# Check for XConvertCase (X11R6 specific)
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XConvertCase,
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCONVERTCASE),
+      ,
+      $x_libs)
+
+# Check for XIM support.
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback,
+	    : ,
+	    enable_xim_inst="no",
+	    $x_libs)
+
+# On Solaris, calling XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback seems to
+# cause an immediate segfault, so we disable it, unless
+# the user specifically forces it to be on.
+
+if test x$enable_xim_inst = xmaybe ; then
+  case host in
+	*-*-solaris*)
+            enable_xim_inst="no"
+            ;;
+	*)
+	    enable_xim_inst="yes"
+	    ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+if test "x$enable_xim" = "xyes"; then
+  GTK_XIM_FLAGS="-DUSE_XIM"
+  if test "x$enable_xim_inst" = "xyes"; then
+    AC_DEFINE(USE_X11R6_XIM)
+  fi
 fi
 
 x_cflags="$X_CFLAGS"
@@ -91,17 +375,19 @@ x_ldflags="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
 
 # set up things for XInput
 
-if eval "test x$with_xinput = xgxi -o x$with_xinput = xyes"; then
+if test "x$with_xinput" = "xgxi" || test "x$with_xinput" = "xyes"; then
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_GXI)
   xinput_progs=gxid
   x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
-elif eval "test x$with_xinput = xxfree"; then
+elif test "x$with_xinput" = "xxfree"; then
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_XFREE)
   x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
 else
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE)
 fi
 
+CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
+LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
 
 AC_SUBST(x_cflags)
 AC_SUBST(x_includes)
@@ -109,53 +395,18 @@ AC_SUBST(x_ldflags)
 AC_SUBST(x_libs)
 AC_SUBST(xinput_progs)
 
-CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
-LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
-
-if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
+if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   # Check for shared memory
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ipc.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPC_H), no_sys_ipc=yes)
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/shm.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHM_H), no_sys_shm=yes)
 
-  # Check whether shmctl IPC_RMID allowes subsequent attaches
-  if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_shm_h" = "yes"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether shmctl IPC_RMID allowes subsequent attaches)
-    AC_TRY_RUN([
-          #include <sys/types.h>
-          #include <sys/ipc.h>
-          #include <sys/shm.h>
-          int main()
-          {
-            int id;
-            char *shmaddr;
-          id = shmget (IPC_PRIVATE, 4, IPC_CREAT | 0777);
-          if (id == -1)
-            exit (2);
-            shmaddr = shmat (id, 0, 0);
-            shmctl (id, IPC_RMID, 0);
-            if ((char*) shmat (id, 0, 0) == (char*) -1)
-            {
-              shmdt (shmaddr);
-              exit (1);
-            }
-            shmdt (shmaddr);
-            shmdt (shmaddr);
-            exit (0);
-          }
-      ],
-      AC_DEFINE(IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE)
-        AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(assuming no))
-  fi
-
   # Check for the X shared memory extension header file
   AC_MSG_CHECKING(X11/extensions/XShm.h)
-  if eval "test x$no_ext_lib = xyes"; then
+  if test "x$no_xext_lib" = "xyes"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     no_xshm=yes
   else
-    if eval "test -f $x_includes/X11/extensions/XShm.h"; then
+    if test -f "$x_includes/X11/extensions/XShm.h"; then
       AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
       AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSHM_H)
     else
@@ -165,26 +416,27 @@ if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
   fi
 fi
 
-# Check for private display resource base variable
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(resource base field in XDisplay)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(gtk_cv_display_resource_base,
-[AC_TRY_RUN([
-#define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
+# Check if X_LOCALE definition is necessary
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(need -DX_LOCALE)
+
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <locale.h>
 
 int
 main ()
 {
-  Display *display;
-
-  return 0;
-
-  display->resource_base;
+  return setlocale (LC_ALL, "${with_locale}") == NULL;
 }],
-gtk_cv_display_resource_base="resource_base",
-gtk_cv_display_resource_base="private3")])
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RESOURCE_BASE, gdk_display->$gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
+need_x_locale=no,
+need_x_locale=yes,
+need_x_locale=no)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($need_x_locale)
+
+if test $need_x_locale = yes; then
+  GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
+fi
 
 # Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
@@ -194,21 +446,85 @@ AC_C_CONST
 
 # Checks for library functions.
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
 
-# Check for sys/select.h
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([fd_set and sys/select])
+# Check if <sys/select.h> needs to be included for fd_set
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fd_set])
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],
         [fd_set readMask, writeMask;], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = no; then
+if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/types.h])
+else
     AC_HEADER_EGREP(fd_mask, sys/select.h, gtk_ok=yes)
     if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
         AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/select.h])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     fi
 fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
-if test $gtk_ok = no; then
-    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
-fi
 
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile gtk+.xconfig docs/Makefile gdk/Makefile gtk/Makefile)
+# Duplicate `widechar' tests from `glib'.
+# Check for wchar.h
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wchar.h)
+AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wchar.h>], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
+if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_H,1,[Define if wchar.h exists])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
+
+# Check for wctype.h (for iswalnum)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for wctype.h)
+AC_TRY_CPP([#include <wctype.h>], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
+if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCTYPE_H,1,[Define if wctype.h exists])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
+
+# in Solaris 2.5, `iswalnum' is in -lw
+GDK_WLIBS=
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(iswalnum,,[AC_CHECK_LIB(w,iswalnum,GDK_WLIBS=-lw)])
+
+# The following is necessary for Linux libc-5.4.38
+oLIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="$LIBS $GDK_WLIBS"
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(if iswalnum() and friends are properly defined)
+AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],[
+#if (defined(HAVE_WCTYPE_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H))
+#  ifdef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+#    include <wctype.h>
+#  else
+#    ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+#      include <wchar.h>
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#else
+#  define iswalnum(c) ((wchar_t)(c) <= 0xFF && isalnum(c))
+#endif
+iswalnum((wchar_t) 0);
+], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
+LIBS="$oLIBS"
+
+if test $gtk_ok = no; then
+   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BROKEN_WCTYPE,1,[Define if the wctype function is broken])
+   GDK_WLIBS=
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
+AC_SUBST(GDK_WLIBS)
+
+AC_SUBST(GTK_DEBUG_FLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_XIM_FLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS)
+
+AC_OUTPUT([
+gtk+.spec
+docs/gtk-config.1
+Makefile
+gtk-config
+po/Makefile.in
+docs/Makefile
+gdk/Makefile
+gtk/Makefile
+gtk/gtkfeatures.h
+], [chmod +x gtk-config])

debian/README.debian

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+libgtk1 for Debian
+----------------------
+
+The GIMP Tool Kit (gtk) is a set of widgets to help you program
+programs for the X Windowing System easily and powerfully.
+
+gtk is the moving force behind The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The
+GIMP) -- the number one freely-available image editing and creation
+program available. 
+
+gtk is rapidly under development, and the source tree has officially
+been separated from The GIMP now, as other teams of programmers
+are beginning to write software using its great widget set -- like
+GNOME, a desktop interface for X, and gzilla, a freely available
+web browser for X.
+
+Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>, Mon, 29 Sep 1997 13:11:45 -0700
+

debian/build

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+				# Adjust debian/changelog and build a new
+				# Debian package of a CVS archive.
+
+				# Written 17 November 1998 by Ben Gertzfield
+				# <che@debian.org>
+
+				# This work is released under the GNU
+				# General Public License, version 2 or
+				# later.
+
+use strict;
+use diagnostics;
+use File::Copy;
+
+my $maintainer = 'Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>';
+
+my @date = localtime;
+
+my $datestr = sprintf("%d%.2d%.2d", $date[5] + 1900, $date[4] + 1, $date[3]);
+my $revision = '01';
+
+open (CHANGELOG, 'debian/changelog') or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog: $!\n";
+
+$_ = <CHANGELOG>;
+chomp;
+
+close CHANGELOG;
+
+my ($package, $last_date, $last_revision) = /^(.*?) \((.*?)\.(.*)?\)/;
+
+if ($last_date eq $datestr) {
+  $revision = sprintf("%.2d", $last_revision + 1);
+}
+
+my $new_version = "$datestr.$revision";
+
+copy('debian/changelog', 'debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't copy debian/changelog to debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
+
+open(NEWCHANGELOG, ">debian/changelog") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog for writing: $!\n";
+
+print NEWCHANGELOG "$package ($new_version) unstable; urgency=low\n\n  * CVS snapshot build at " . scalar localtime() . "\n\n -- $maintainer  " . `date -R` . "\n";
+
+open(OLDCHANGELOG, "debian/changelog.old") or die "Couldn't open debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
+
+while (<OLDCHANGELOG>) {
+  print NEWCHANGELOG;
+}
+
+close OLDCHANGELOG;
+close NEWCHANGELOG;
+
+unlink('debian/changelog.old') or die "Couldn't unlink debian/changelog.old: $!\n";
+
+open(NEWVERSION, '>debian/version') or die "Couldn't open debian/version for writing: $!\n";
+print NEWVERSION "$new_version\n";
+close NEWVERSION;
+
+system('dpkg-buildpackage -b -rfakeroot -us -uc');
+unlink 'debian/version' or die "Couldn't unlink debian/version: $!\n";
+

debian/changelog

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+gtk+-cvs (19981116.01) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * First test build from CVS
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:02:13 -0800
+
+Local variables:
+mode: debian-changelog
+add-log-mailing-address: "che@debian.org"
+End:

debian/control

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+Source: gtk+-cvs
+Priority: extra
+Section: libs
+Maintainer: Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>
+Standards-Version: 2.4.0.0
+
+Package: libgtk-cvs-1.1
+Architecture: any
+Section: libs
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}
+Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:1.0.2), libgtk1.1
+Description: CVS build of the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X
+ **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
+   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
+ . 
+ The GIMP Toolkit is a freely available set of widgets for X.
+ GTK is easy to use, and has been implemented in such projects as
+ The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The GIMP), GNOME, a GNU
+ desktop set of utilities for X, and gzilla, a GNU web-browser.
+ .
+ This is the unstable 1.1 branch of GTK. It is not intended for use
+ with stable projects!
+
+Package: libgtk-cvs-dev
+Architecture: any
+Section: devel
+Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (=${Source-Version}), libglib-cvs-dev
+Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
+Provides: libgtk1.1-dev
+Replaces: libgtk1.1-dev
+Conflicts: libgtk-dev, libgtk1 (<< 1:1.0.4), libgtk1.1-dev
+Description: CVS build of development files for the GIMP Toolkit
+ **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
+   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
+ .
+ This package contains the header files and static libraries for the
+ GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
+ .
+ This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
+ use with stable releases of programs! 
+ .
+ Install this package if you wish to develop your own X programs using
+ the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to compile your own plug-ins for
+ The GIMP.
+
+Package: libgtk-cvs-doc
+Architecture: all
+Section: doc
+Conflicts: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4), libgtk-doc, libgtk1.1-doc
+Description: CVS build of documentation for the GIMP Toolkit
+ **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
+   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
+ .
+ This package contains lots of info-files, HTML docs, FAQs, and
+ other handy documentation about the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets
+ for X. 
+ .
+ This package documents the unstable 1.1 release of the GIMP Toolkit.
+ . 
+ Install this package if you want to have lots of info about the
+ GIMP toolkit when you're programming.
+
+Package: libgtk-cvs-dbg
+Architecture: any
+Section: devel
+Depends: libgtk-cvs-1.1 (= ${Source-Version}), libgtk-cvs-dev (= ${Source-Version})
+Suggests: libgtk-cvs-doc
+Conflicts: libgtk1.1-dbg
+Description: CVS build of debugging files for the GIMP Toolkit
+ **THIS IS NOT AN OFFICIAL DEBIAN PACKAGE! THIS IS AN AUTOMATED CVS
+   BUILD OF THE GTK+ LIBRARIES! BEWARE! IT MAY NOT WORK!**
+ .
+ This package contains the debugging static libraries for the
+ GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
+ .
+ This is the unstable, 1.1 branch of GTK+. This is not intended for
+ use with stable releases of programs! 
+ .
+ Install this package if you wish to debug your own X programs using
+ the GIMP Toolkit 1.1, or if you wish to debug your own plug-ins for
+ The GIMP.

debian/copyright

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+This package was debianized by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org> on
+Tue, 17 Nov 1998 12:07:17 -0800
+
+It was produced from the CVS repository at cvs.gimp.org.
+
+It may be redistributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL, Version 2 or
+later, found on Debian systems in the file /usr/doc/copyright/LGPL.
+

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.files

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+usr/lib/libgdk.so
+usr/lib/libgdk.a
+usr/lib/libgtk.so
+usr/lib/libgtk.a
+usr/include/gdk/
+usr/include/gtk/
+usr/bin/gtk-config
+usr/man/man1/gtk-config.1
+usr/share/aclocal/gtk.m4

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-dev.prerm

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+install-info --quiet --remove gtk
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.files

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+usr/info/gdk.info
+usr/info/gtk.info
+usr/info/gtk.info-1
+usr/info/gtk.info-2
+usr/info/gtk.info-3
+usr/info/gtk.info-4
+usr/info/gtk.info-5
+

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Toolkit." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gtk.info.gz
+
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Drawing Kit." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gdk.info.gz
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-cvs-doc.prerm

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+install-info --quiet --remove gtk
+install-info --quiet --remove gdk
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+ldconfig
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/rules

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+
+# debian/rules file for gtk+ Debian package
+# written April 1998 by Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org
+
+build: build-stamp
+build-stamp:
+	dh_testdir
+	./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree
+	$(MAKE)
+	cd docs && make distdocs
+	cd ..
+	touch build-stamp
+
+build-dbg: build-dbg-stamp
+build-dbg-stamp:
+	dh_testdir
+	./configure --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree --enable-debug=yes
+	$(MAKE)
+	touch build-dbg-stamp
+
+clean:
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
+	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
+	-$(MAKE) clean
+	cd docs 
+	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
+	cd ..
+	-$(MAKE) distclean
+	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
+	dh_clean
+
+clean-dbg:
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	rm -f build-stamp build-dbg-stamp install-stamp install-dbg-stamp
+	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
+	-$(MAKE) clean
+	cd docs
+	-$(MAKE) maintainer-clean
+	cd ..
+	-$(MAKE) distclean
+	find . -name '*.o' -o -name '_libs' -o -name '*.lo' -o -name '*.a' -o -name '.deps' | xargs rm -rf
+	dh_clean -k
+
+install: install-stamp
+install-stamp: build
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	dh_clean
+	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
+	touch install-stamp
+
+install-dbg: install-dbg-stamp
+install-dbg-stamp: build-dbg
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	dh_clean -k
+	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr install
+	touch install-dbg-stamp
+
+# Build architecture-independent files here.
+binary-indep: build install libgtk-cvs-doc
+# We have nothing to do by default.
+
+# Build architecture-dependent files here.
+binary-arch: build install libgtk-cvs-dev libgtk-cvs-1.1 libgtk-cvs-dbg
+
+libgtk-cvs-1.1: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/bin debian/tmp/usr/include debian/tmp/usr/info debian/tmp/usr/lib/glib debian/tmp/usr/share/aclocal debian/tmp/usr/man debian/tmp/usr/lib/*.la
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-cvs-1.1 -V 'libgtk-cvs-1.1 (='`cat debian/version`')'
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-1.1
+
+libgtk-cvs-dev: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-dev -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	cp gtk-config debian/tmp/usr/bin
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dev 
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dev
+
+libgtk-cvs-doc:
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-cvs-doc -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-doc usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html \
+	  usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	cp docs/html/gtkfaq*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/faq-html
+	cp docs/html/gtk_tut-*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/gtk_tut.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_it*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/gtk_tut_fr*.html debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/*.gif debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/french-tutorial-html
+	cp docs/html/gdk* debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/gdk-html
+	cp docs/text/*.txt debian/libgtk-cvs-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-cvs-doc/
+
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-doc docs/{debugging,developers,styles,text_widget,widget_system,gtk-config,refcounting}.txt TODO NEWS
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-doc
+
+libgtk-cvs-dbg: clean-dbg install-dbg
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg
+	rm -rf debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/bin debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/include debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/info debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/glib debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/man debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/share debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/*.{la,so*}
+	for file in `find debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib -name '*.a'` ; do \
+	  mv $$file debian/libgtk-cvs-dbg/usr/lib/`basename $$file .a`_g.a; \
+        done
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-cvs-dbg
+
+source diff:                                                                  
+	@echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false
+
+binary: binary-indep binary-arch
+.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary

docs/.cvsignore

@@ -1 +1,21 @@
 Makefile
+Makefile.in
+*.html
+*.info*
+*.dvi
+*.ps
+*.pg
+*.ky
+*.cp
+*.fn
+*.tp
+*.vr
+*.log
+*.aux
+*.toc
+*.cps
+*.fns
+*.vrs
+html
+text
+gtk-config.1

docs/Changes-1.2.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+Incompatible Changes from GTK+-1.0 to GTK+-1.2:
+
+* GtkAcceleratorTable has been replaced with GtkAccelGroup
+
+* GtkMenuFactory has been replaced with GtkItemFactory, although
+  a version of GtkMenuFactory is currently still provided to ease
+  the migration phase.
+
+* The GtkTypeInfo structures used in the gtk_*_type_init() functions have
+  changed a bit, the old format:  
+      GtkTypeInfo bin_info =
+      {
+        "GtkBin",
+        sizeof (GtkBin),
+        sizeof (GtkBinClass),
+        (GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_bin_class_init,
+        (GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_bin_init,
+        (GtkArgSetFunc) NULL,
+        (GtkArgGetFunc) NULL,
+      };
+
+  needs to be converted to:
+
+      static const GtkTypeInfo bin_info =
+      {
+        "GtkBin",
+        sizeof (GtkBin),
+        sizeof (GtkBinClass),
+        (GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_bin_class_init,
+        (GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_bin_init,
+        /* reserved_1 */ NULL,
+        /* reserved_2 */ NULL,
+        (GtkClassInitFunc) NULL,
+      };
+
+  the GtkArgSetFunc and GtkArgGetFunc functions are not supported from the
+  type system anymore, and you should make sure that your code only fills
+  in these fields with NULL and doesn't use the deprecated function typedefs
+  (GtkArgSetFunc) and (GtkArgGetFunc) anymore.
+
+* A number of Gtk functions were renamed. For compatibility, gtkcompat.h
+  #define's the old 1.0.x function names in terms of the new names.
+  To assure your Gtk program doesn't rely on outdated function
+  variants, compile your program with -DGTK_DISABLE_COMPAT_H to disable
+  the compatibility aliases.
+
+  Here is the list of the old names and replacements:
+
+  Old:				      Replacement:
+
+  gtk_accel_label_accelerator_width   gtk_accel_label_get_accel_width
+  gtk_check_menu_item_set_state	      gtk_check_menu_item_set_active
+  gtk_container_border_width	      gtk_container_set_border_width
+  gtk_label_set  	              gtk_label_set_text
+  gtk_notebook_current_page           gtk_notebook_get_current_page
+  gtk_packer_configure                gtk_packer_set_child_packing
+  gtk_paned_gutter_size	              gtk_paned_set_gutter_size
+  gtk_paned_handle_size		      gtk_paned_set_handle_size
+  gtk_scale_value_width               gtk_scale_get_value_width
+  gtk_style_apply_default_pixmap      gtk_style_apply_default_background (1)
+  gtk_toggle_button_set_state         gtk_toggle_button_set_active
+  gtk_window_position		      gtk_window_set_position
+ 
+  (1) gtk_style_apply_default_background() has an additional
+      argument, gboolean set_bg. This parameter should be FALSE if
+      the background is being set for a NO_WINDOW widget, otherwise
+      true.
+
+* During the development phase of the 1.1.x line of Gtk certain functions
+  were deprecated and later removed. Functions affected are:
+
+  Removed:                          Replacement:
+  gtk_clist_set_border		    gtk_clist_set_shadow_type
+  gtk_container_block_resize	    gtk_container_set_resize_mode
+  gtk_container_unblock_resize	    gtk_container_set_resize_mode
+  gtk_container_need_resize	    gtk_container_check_resize
+  gtk_ctree_show_stub		    gtk_ctree_set_show_stub
+  gtk_ctree_set_reorderable	    gtk_clist_set_reorderable
+  gtk_ctree_set_use_drag_icons	    gtk_clist_set_use_drag_icons
+  gtk_entry_adjust_scroll	    (1)
+  gtk_object_class_add_user_signal  gtk_object_class_user_signal_new
+  gtk_preview_put_row		    gtk_preview_put
+  gtk_progress_bar_construct	    gtk_progress_set_adjustment
+  gtk_scrolled_window_construct	    gtk_scrolled_window_set_{h|v}adjustment
+  gtk_spin_button_construct	    gtk_spin_button_configure
+  gtk_widget_thaw_accelerators	    gtk_widget_unlock_accelerators
+  gtk_widget_freeze_accelerators    gtk_widget_lock_accelerators
+
+(1) This function is no longer needed as GtkEntry should automatically
+    keep the scroll adjusted properly.
+
+* Additionally, all gtk_*_interp functions were removed.
+  gtk_*_full versions were provided as of GTK+-1.0 and should
+  be used instead.
+
+* GtkButton has been changed to derive from GtkBin.
+  To access a button's child, use GTK_BIN (button)->child, instead
+  of the old GTK_BUTTON (button)->child.
+
+* The selection API has been slightly modified:
+
+ gtk_selection_add_handler() and gtk_selection_add_handler_full() 
+ have been removed. To supply the selection, one now register
+ the targets one is interested in with:
+
+  void gtk_selection_add_target (GtkWidget           *widget, 
+	  	                 GdkAtom              selection,
+			         GdkAtom              target,
+			         guint                info);
+
+ or:
+  
+  void gtk_selection_add_targets (GtkWidget           *widget, 
+	  			  GdkAtom              selection,
+				  GtkTargetEntry      *targets,
+				  guint                ntargets);
+
+ When a request for a selection is received, the new "selection_get"
+ signal will be called:
+
+   void  "selection_get"           (GtkWidget          *widget,
+				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
+				    guint               info,
+				    guint               time);
+
+ A "time" parameter has also been added to the "selection_received"
+ signal.
+
+  void  "selection_received"       (GtkWidget          *widget,
+				    GtkSelectionData   *selection_data,
+				    guint               time);
+
+* The old drag and drop API has been completely removed and replaced.
+  See the reference documentation for details on the new API.
+
+* Support for Themes has been added. In general, this does
+  not affect application code, however, a few new rules should
+  be observed:
+
+   - To set a shape for a window, you must use 
+     gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask() instead of 
+     gdk_window_shape_combine_mask(), or the shape will be
+     reset when switching themes.
+
+   - It is no longer permissable to draw directly on an arbitrary
+     widget, or to set an arbitrary widget's background pixmap.
+     If you need to do that, use a GtkDrawingArea or (for a 
+     toplevel) the new GtkDrawWindow widget.
+
+* The ScrolledWindow widget no longer creates a Viewport
+  automatically. Instead, it has been generalized to accept
+  any "self-scrolling" widget.
+
+  The self-scrolling widgets in the Gtk+ core are GtkViewport,
+  GtkCList, GtkCTree, GtkText, and GtkLayout. All of these widgets can
+  be added to a scrolled window as normal children with
+  gtk_container_add() and scrollbars will be set up automatically.
+
+  To add scrollbars to a non self-scrolling widget, (such as a GtkList),
+  first add it to a viewport, then add the viewport to a scrolled window.
+  The scrolled window code provides a convenience function to do this:
+
+  void gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport (GtkScrolledWindow *scrollwin,
+					      GtkWidget         *child);
+
+  This does exactly what it says - it creates a Viewport, adds the child
+  widget to it, then adds the Viewport to the scrolled window.
+
+  The scrollbars have been removed from the GtkCList and GtkCTree,
+  because they are now scrolled by simply adding them to a Scrolled
+  Window. The scrollbar policy is set on the scrolled window with
+  gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy() and not on the child widgets
+  (e.g. GtkCList's gtk_clist_set_policy() was removed).
+  
+* The "main loop" of GTK+ has been moved to GLib. This should not
+  affect existing programs, since compatibility functions have
+  been provided. However, you may want to consider migrating
+  your code to use the GLib main loop directly.
+
+* the GTK_BASIC flag was removed, and with it the corresponding
+  macro and function GTK_WIDGET_BASIC() and gtk_widget_basic().
+  
+* All freeze/thaw methods are now recursive - that is, if you
+  freeze a widget n times, you must also thaw it n times.
+
+  Therefore, if you have code like:
+
+  gboolean frozen;
+  frozen = GTK_CLIST_FROZEN (clist);
+  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
+  [...]
+  if (!frozen)
+    gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
+
+  it will not work anymore. It must be, simply:
+
+  gtk_clist_freeze (clist);
+  [...]
+  gtk_clist_thaw (clist);
+
+* The thread safety in GTK+ 1.2 is slightly different than
+  that which appeared in early versions in the 1.1
+  development track. The main difference is that it relies on 
+  the thread primitives in GLib, and on the thread-safe 
+  GLib main loop.
+
+  This means:
+
+   - You must call g_thread_init() before executing any
+     other GTK+ or GDK functions in a threaded GTK+ program.
+
+   - Idles, timeouts, and input functions are executed outside 
+     of the main GTK+ lock. So, if you need to call GTK+ 
+     inside of such a callback, you must surround the callback
+     with a gdk_threads_enter()/gdk_threads_leave() pair.
+
+     [ However, signals are still executed within the main
+       GTK+ lock ]
+
+     In particular, this means, if you are writing widgets
+     that might be used in threaded programs, you _must_
+     surround timeouts and idle functions in this matter.
+
+     As always, you must also surround any calls to GTK+
+     not made within a signal handler with a 
+     gdk_threads_enter()/gdk_threads_leave() pair.
+    
+   - There is no longer a special --with-threads configure
+     option for GTK+. To use threads in a GTK+ program, you
+     must:
+
+      a) If you want to use the native thread implementation,
+         make sure GLib found this in configuration, otherwise,
+         call you must provide a thread implementation to
+	 g_thread_init().
+   
+      b) Link with the libraries returned by:
+ 
+           gtk-config --libs gthread
+
+         and use the cflags from:
+
+            gtk-config --cflags gthread
+
+     You can get these CFLAGS and LIBS by passing gthread
+     as the fourth parameter to the AM_PATH_GTK automake
+     macro.
+
+* Prior to GTK+-1.2, there were two conflicting interpretations
+  of widget->requistion. It was either taken to be
+  the size that the widget requested, or that size
+  modified by calls to gtk_widget_set_usize(). In GTK+-1.2,
+  it is always interpreted the first way.
+
+  Container widgets are affected in two ways by this:
+
+   1) Container widgets should not pass widget->requisition
+      as the second parameter to gtk_widget_size_request().
+      Instead they should call it like:
+   
+      GtkRequisition child_requisition;
+      gtk_widget_size_request (widget, &child_requisition);
+
+   2) Container widgets should not access child->requisition
+      directly. Either they should use the values returned
+      by gtk_widget_size_request(), or they should call
+      the new function:
+
+    void gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget      *widget,
+					   GtkRequisition *requisition);
+
+      which returns the requisition of the given widget, modified
+      by calls to gtk_widget_set_usize().
+

docs/Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +1,201 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 
-info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi
+info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi 
+
+man_MANS = gtk-config.1
+
+TUTORIAL_FR_FILES=html/gtk_tut_fr-1.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-2.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-3.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-4.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-5.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-6.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-7.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-8.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-9.html   	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-10.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-11.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-12.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-13.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-14.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-15.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-16.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-17.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-18.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-19.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-20.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-21.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-22.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-23.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr-24.html  	\
+html/gtk_tut_fr.html text/gtk_tut_fr.txt
+
+TUTORIAL_FILES=text/gtk_tut.txt html/gtk_tut.html \
+html/gtk_tut.html        	\
+html/gtk_tut-1.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-2.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-3.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-4.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-5.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-6.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-7.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-8.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-9.html      	\
+html/gtk_tut-10.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-11.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-12.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-13.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-14.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-15.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-16.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-17.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-18.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-19.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-20.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-21.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-22.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-23.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-24.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-25.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-26.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-27.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-28.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-29.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-30.html     	\
+html/gtk_tut-31.html
+
+TUTORIAL_IT_FILES=	html/gtk_tut_it.html     	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-1.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-2.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-3.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-4.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-5.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-6.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-7.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-8.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-9.html   	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-10.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-11.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-12.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-13.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-14.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-15.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-16.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-17.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-18.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-19.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-20.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-21.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-22.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-23.html  	\
+	html/gtk_tut_it-24.html		\
+	text/gtk_tut_it.txt
+
+FAQ_FILES=html/gtkfaq.html		\
+	html/gtkfaq-1.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-2.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-3.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-4.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-5.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-6.html       	\
+	html/gtkfaq-7.html		\
+	text/gtkfaq.txt
+
+html/gtk_tut_table.gif: gdk.html gtk.html
+
+.PHONY: html htmldir faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr files
+
+distdocs: gdk.html gtk.html faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr
+
+htmldir:
+	(cd $(srcdir); mkdir -p html; cp gtk_tut*gif html)
+
+textdir:
+	mkdir -p $(srcdir)/text
+
+gdk.html gdk_toc.html: gdk.texi
+	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gdk.texi)
+
+gtk.html gtk_toc.html: gtk.texi
+	(cd $(srcdir); texi2html gtk.texi)
+
+html/gdk.html html/gdk_toc.html: htmldir gdk.html gdk_toc.html
+	(cd $(srcdir); cp gdk.html gdk_toc.html html/)
+
+html/gtk.html html/gtk_toc.html: htmldir gtk.html gtk_toc.html
+	(cd $(srcdir); cp gtk.html gtk_toc.html html/)
+
+$(FAQ_FILES): faq
+
+faq: htmldir textdir
+	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtkfaq.sgml; \
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtkfaq*html; \
+	mv gtkfaq*html html/; \
+	sgml2txt gtkfaq.sgml; \
+	mv gtkfaq.txt text/)
+
+$(TUTORIAL_FILES): tutorial
+
+$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES): tutorial_fr
+
+$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES): tutorial_it
+
+tutorial: htmldir textdir
+	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html gtk_tut.sgml; \
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut*html; \
+	mv gtk_tut*html html/; \
+	sgml2txt gtk_tut.sgml; \
+	mv gtk_tut.txt text/)
+
+tutorial_it: htmldir textdir
+	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_it*html; \
+	mv gtk_tut_it*html html/; \
+	sgml2txt --language=it gtk_tut_it.sgml; \
+	mv gtk_tut_it.txt text/)
+
+tutorial_fr: htmldir textdir
+	(cd $(srcdir); sgml2html --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtk_tut_fr*html; \
+	mv gtk_tut_fr*html html/; \
+	sgml2txt --language=fr gtk_tut_fr.sgml; \
+	mv gtk_tut_fr.txt text/)
 
-EXTRA_DIST = texinfo.tex macros.texi
 
 files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
 	  echo $$p; \
 	done
+
+EXTRA_DIST += \
+	Changes-1.2.txt			\
+	debugging.txt			\
+	developers.txt			\
+	refcounting.txt			\
+	styles.txt			\
+	text_widget.txt 		\
+	widget_system.txt 		\
+	generation.txt			\
+        gtk-config.txt  	        \
+	gtk-config.1.in			\
+	texinfo.tex 			\
+	macros.texi			\
+	gtkdocs_fix			\
+	gtkfaq.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_it.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_fr.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 		\
+	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 		\
+	html/gtk_tut_table.gif		\
+	html/gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
+	html/gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_table.gif		\
+	html/gdk.html            	\
+	html/gdk_toc.html        	\
+	html/gtk.html            	\
+	html/gtk_toc.html        	\
+	$(TUTORIAL_FILES)		\
+	$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES)		\
+	$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES)		\
+	$(FAQ_FILES)

docs/debugging.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+The GLIB, GDK, and GTK libraries have extensive support for
+debugging the library and your programs.
+
+The amount of debugging being done can be determined both
+at run time and compile time.
+
+COMPILE TIME OPTIONS
+--------------------
+
+At compile time, the amount of debugging support included is
+determined by four macros:
+
+G_ENABLE_DEBUG
+  If set, enable support for runtime checking.
+
+G_DISABLE_ASSERT
+  If set, disable g_assert macros
+
+G_DISABLE_CHECKS
+  If set, disable the g_return_if_fail and g_return_val_if_fail macros
+
+GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+  If set, don't check casts between different object types
+
+
+Whether these macros are defined is controlled at configuration
+time by the --enable-debug option.
+
+--enable-debug=minimum [default]
+  Enable only inexpensive sanity checking 
+    sets GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+
+--enable-debug=yes
+  Enable all debugging support
+    sets G_ENABLE_DEBUG
+
+--enable-debug=no (or --disable-debug)
+  Disable all debugging support (fastest)
+    sets G_DISABLE_ASSERT, G_DISABLE_CHECKS, and GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+
+
+RUN TIME OPTIONS
+----------------
+
+At run time, if GTK+ was compiled with debugging enabled, different
+types of debugging information can be printed out. This is controlled
+by the:
+ 
+  GTK_DEBUG and GDK_DEBUG environment variables
+  --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug command line options
+  --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug command line options
+
+First the environment variables are applied, then the command line
+options are applied in the order given on the command line.
+
+Each of these can either be the special value 'all', or a sequence of
+':' separated options. (case is ignored). The environment variables
+and the --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug options add debugging options and
+the --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug options remove them.
+
+As noted below, some of these are useful in application debugging, but
+most are only interested to those debugging the libraries
+
+For instance:
+
+  GDK_DEBUG_FLAGS=misc:dnd testgtk --gdk-no-debug dnd --gdk-debug events
+
+runs testgtk with the 'misc' and 'events' debugging options.
+
+ GTK_DEBUG
+ ---------
+
+ Application relevant options:
+
+ 'objects' - Trace the creation and destruction of objects, print
+             out a summary at program termination
+
+ Options only interesting to library maintainers:
+
+ GDK_DEBUG
+ ---------
+
+ Application relevant options:
+
+ 'events' - Show all events received by GTK
+
+ Options only interesting to library maintainers:
+
+ 'misc'          - Miscellaneous information
+ 'dnd'           - Information about drag-and-drop
+ 'color-context' - Information about the internal workings of 
+                   GdkColorContext
+ 'xim'           - Information about X Input Method support
+
+
+                                    - Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
+                                      98/02/19

docs/developers.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+Things to care about when using/programing for GTK+
+===================================================
+
+This file is meant to collect some frequently triggered failures when
+programming for/with Gtk, having the spirit of a developers FAQ.
+It is also the correct place to list up things that programmers should
+care about in general.
+
+In the hope that this text might be usefull to someone,
+
+        - Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+          1998/02/11
+
+
+Automatic destruction of widgets on removal from parent
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+This is a reference counting issue, you would want to refer
+to refcounting.txt on it.
+
+
+What are all the widget flags about?
+------------------------------------
+
+Refer to the file widget_system.txt which covers widget flags and the
+resulting invariants in a detailed way.
+
+
+GdkWindow pointers may be NULL in GdkEvents
+-------------------------------------------
+
+The notification nature of the signal mechanism might cause events to
+be emitted that have their GdkWindow pointer set to NULL.
+This is due to the fact that certain events need to be emitted after the
+real GdkWindow of a widget is not any longer pertinent.
+It's up to the signal handling function (application) to check for the
+window field of the event structure to be != NULL, if it is going to
+perform any operations through Gdk calls on it.
+Events that a likely to trigger a missing check for the window pointer
+currently are (and correspond to the trailing signals):
+
+GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR     GtkWidget::selection_clear_event
+GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE        GtkWidget::focus_in_event
+                        GtkWidget::focus_out_event
+
+Events that are asured to have a valid GdkEvent.any.window field are
+
+GDK_EXPOSE		GtkWidget::expose_event
+
+
+gtk_widget_ref() vs. gtk_object_ref()
+-------------------------------------
+
+The widget referencing functions gtk_widget_ref() and gtk_widget_unref()
+are currently just wrappers about the corresponding referencing functions
+for objects. Still you should use the widget referencing functions if you
+are sure the referenced object is of type GTK_WIDGET_TYPE.
+
+
+Writing Gdk functions
+---------------------
+
+When writing Gdk functions that operate on GdkWindow structures in any
+maeningfull sense, that is casting to a GdkWindowPrivate structure for
+access to fields other then GdkWindow.user_data, the programmer is
+recommended to check for the GdkWindowPrivate.destroyed field to be ==
+FALSE, especially if the GdkWindowPrivate.xwindow field is used.
+Silent abortion of the Gdk function is the correct behaviour if this
+condition isn't met.

docs/dnd_internals.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+This document describes some of the internals of the DND handling
+code.
+
+Organization
+============
+
+The DND code is split between a lowlevel part - gdkdnd.c and a
+highlevel part - gtkdnd.c.  To put it simply, gdkdnd.c contain the
+portions of DND code that are easiest to do in raw X, while gtkdnd.c
+contains the portions of DND that are easiest to do with an event loop
+and high level selection handling.
+
+Except for a few details of selection handling, most of the
+dependencies on the DND protocol are confined to gdkdnd.c.
+There are two or three supported protocols - Motif DND,
+Xdnd and a pseudo-protocol ROOTWIN, which is used for drops
+on root windows that aren't really accepting drops.
+gdkdnd.c divides into 4 pieces:
+
+ 1) Utility functions (finding client windows)
+ 2) Motif specific code (the biggest chunk)
+ 3) Xdnd specific code
+ 4) The public interfaces
+
+The code in gtkdnd.c roughly consists of three parts  
+  
+ 1) General utility functions
+ 2) Destination side code
+ 3) Source side code.
+
+Both on the source and dest side, there is some division
+between the low level layers and the default handlers,
+though they are rather mixed in many cases.
+
+Structures and Memory Management
+================================
+
+Information about source sites and drop sites is stored
+in the structures GtkSourceSite and GtkDestSite.
+
+Information about in-progress drags and drops is stored
+in the structures GtkSourceInfo and GtkDestInfo.
+
+The GtkSourceInfo structure is created when the drag
+begins, and persists until the drag either completes
+or times out. A pointer to it is stored in 
+dataset-data for the GdkDragContext, however there
+is no ownership. If the SourceInfo is destroyed
+before the context, the field is simply cleared.
+
+A GtkDestInfo is attached to each GdkDragContext
+that is received for an incoming drag. In contrast
+to the SourceInfo the DestInfo is "owned" by the
+context, and when the context is destroyed, destroyed.
+
+The GDK API
+===========
+
+It is expect that the GDK DND API will never be
+used by anything other than the DND code in GTK+.
+
+/* Drag and Drop */
+
+GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_context_new        (void);
+void             gdk_drag_context_ref        (GdkDragContext *context);
+void             gdk_drag_context_unref      (GdkDragContext *context);
+
+These create and refcount GdkDragContexts in a
+straightforward manner.
+
+/* Destination side */
+
+void             gdk_drag_status        (GdkDragContext   *context,
+				         GdkDragAction     action,
+					 guint32           time);
+void             gdk_drop_reply         (GdkDragContext   *context,
+					 gboolean          ok,
+					 guint32           time);
+void             gdk_drop_finish        (GdkDragContext   *context,
+					 gboolean          success,
+					 guint32           time);
+GdkAtom          gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext   *context);
+
+/* Source side */
+
+GdkDragContext * gdk_drag_begin      (GdkWindow      *window,
+				      GList          *targets,
+				      GdkDragAction   actions);
+gboolean         gdk_drag_get_protocol (guint32          xid,
+					GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
+void             gdk_drag_find_window (GdkDragContext   *context,
+				       GdkWindow       *drag_window,
+			 	       gint             x_root,
+				       gint             y_root,
+				       GdkWindow      **dest_window,
+				       GdkDragProtocol *protocol);
+gboolean        gdk_drag_motion      (GdkDragContext *context,
+				      GdkWindow      *dest_window,
+				      GdkDragProtocol protocol,
+				      gint            x_root, 
+				      gint            y_root,
+				      GdkDragAction   action,
+				      guint32         time);
+void            gdk_drag_drop        (GdkDragContext *context,
+				      guint32         time);
+void            gdk_drag_abort       (GdkDragContext *context,
+				      guint32         time);
+
+GdkAtom       gdk_drag_get_selection (GdkDragContext *context);
+
+Retrieves the selection that will be used to communicate
+the data for the drag context (valid on both source
+and dest sides)
+
+Cursors and window heirarchies
+==============================
+
+The DND code, when possible (and it isn't possible over
+Motif window) uses a shaped window as a drag icon.
+Because the cursor may fall inside this window during the
+drag, we actually have to figure out which window
+the cursor is in _ourselves_ so we can ignore the
+drag icon properly. (Oh for OutputOnly windows!)
+
+To avoid obscene amounts of server traffic (which are only
+slighly observerable locally, but would really kill a
+session over a slow link), the code in GDK does
+XGetWindowAttributes for every child of the root window at
+the beginning of the drag, then selects with
+SubstructureNotifyMask on the root window, so that
+it can update this list.
+
+It probably would be easier to just reread the entire
+list when one of these events occurs, instead of 
+incrementally updating, but updating the list in
+sync was sort of fun code, so I did it that way ;-)
+
+There is also a problem of trying to follow the
+mouse cursor as well as possible. Currently, the
+code uses PointerMotionHint, and an XQueryPointer
+on MotionNotify events. This results in pretty
+good syncing, but may result in somewhat poor
+accuracy for drops. (Because the coordinates of
+the drop are the coordinates when the server receives
+the button press, which might actually be before
+the XQueryPointer for the previous MotionNotify
+event is done.)
+
+Probably better is doing MotionNotify compression 
+and discarding MotionNotify events when there
+are more on the queue before the next ButtonPress/Release.
+
+Proxying
+========
+
+A perhaps rather unusual feature of GTK's DND is proxying. A
+dest site can be specified as a proxy drop site for another
+window. This is most needed for the plug-socket code - the
+socket needs to pass on drags to the plug since the original
+source only sees toplevel windows. However, it can also be
+used as a user visible proxy - i.e., dragging to buttons on
+the taskbar.
+
+Internally, when the outer drag enters a proxy dest site, a
+new source drag is created, with SourceInfo and
+GdkDragContext. From the GDK side, it looks much like a
+normal source drag; on the GTK+ side, most of the code is
+disjoint. The need to pass in a specific target window
+is the reason why the GDK DND API splits
+gdk_drag_find_window() and gdk_drag_motion().
+
+For proxy drags, the GtkDestInfo and GtkSourceInfo for the
+drag point at each other.
+
+Because the abstraction of the drag protocol is at the GDK
+level, a proxy drag from Motif to Xdnd or vice versa happens
+pretty much automatically during the drag, though the
+drop can get complicated. For Xdnd <-> Motif,
+Motif <-> Xdnd, or Motif <-> Motif drags, it is necessary to 
+for the Proxy to retrieve the data and pass it on to
+the true destination, since either the selection names
+differ or (Motif<->Motif), the proxy needs to know
+about the XmDRAG_SUCCESS/FAILURE selection targets.
+
+Further Reading:
+================
+
+Xdnd:
+
+The spec is at:
+
+ http://www.cco.caltech.edu/~jafl/xdnd/
+
+Motif:
+
+The Motif DND protocol is best described in the 
+Hungry Programmers _Inside Lesstif_ book, available
+from:
+
+  http://www.igpm.rwth-aachen.de/~albrecht/hungry.html
+
+Harald Albrecht and Mitch Miers have done a far
+better job at documenting the DND protocol then
+anything the OpenGroup has produced.
+
+
+
+Owen Taylor
+otaylor@redhat.com
+Oct 18, 1998

docs/gdk.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The GTK+ Drawing Kit Programming Manual
+<author>Shawn T. Amundson, Peter Mattis
+<date>July 26, 1998
+
+<abstract>
+This document aims at teaching user how to effectively program in
+GDK, the GTK+ Drawing Kit, and to serve as a reference guide to 
+more experienced GTK+ programmers.  It is a work in progress.
+
+<!-- Table of contents -->
+<toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<!-- ***************************************************************** -->
+<sect>Introduction
+
+<p>
+GDK is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It
+performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead
+of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from
+Xlib directly. For example, GDK provides a common interface to both
+regular and shared memory XImage types. By doing so, an application
+can nearly transparently use the fastest image type available. GDK
+also provides routines for determining the best available color depth
+and the best available visual which is not always the default visual
+for a screen.
+
+GDK is distributed and developed with GTK+, and is licensed under the 
+GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL).
+
+<sect>Getting Started
+
+<sect1>Initialization
+<p>
+Initialization of GDK is easy.  Simply call gdk_init() passing 
+in the argc and argv parameters.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* Initialize GDK. */
+    gdk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
+
+    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
+    return 0;
+}
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Generally, GDK initialization is done by gtk_init() in GTK+.  This means 
+that when using GTK+, you do not need to directly call gdk_init().
+
+<sect1>An Example using GDK with GTK+ 
+<p>
+This example demonstrates drawing a line using the foreground
+color of the GtkDrawArea widget it is drawn inside.  The example 
+will end when you click inside the window, which is filled by the
+GtkDrawingArea widget.
+
+The line is drawn during the expose event so that when the window 
+drawing is done whenever it is needed.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* The expose callback does the drawing of the line */
+int
+expose_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
+{
+    GdkGC *gc;
+
+    printf("expose...\n");
+
+
+    /* The GC is the Graphics Context.  Here it is borrowed from the widget */
+    gc = widget->style->fg_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
+
+    gdk_draw_line (widget->window,  /* GDK Window of GtkDrawingArea widget */
+                   gc,              /* Graphics Context */
+                   0,               /* x1, left */
+                   0,               /* y1, top */
+                   200,             /* x2, right */
+                   200);            /* y2, bottom */
+}
+
+/* This quits GTK+ */
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *darea;
+    int events;
+
+    /* This initializes both GTK+ and GDK */
+    gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
+
+    /* Create a window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+
+    /* Create a drawing area widget. This widget actually is just a 
+       simple widget which provides us an GDK window to draw on and 
+       takes care of all the toolkit integration, like providing the
+       ability to add it to the window with gtk_contianer_add() */
+    darea = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), darea);
+
+    /* Set the width and height (arguments are in that order) */
+    gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA (darea), 200, 200);
+
+    /* Drawing in the expose event is important to keep the 
+       draw line always on the GDK window */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "expose_event",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_callback), NULL);
+
+    /* We get the events, then add in button press.  If we did not
+       do this, we would not be notified of button press events in
+       the GtkDrawingArea widget */
+    events = gtk_widget_get_events (darea);
+    gtk_widget_set_events (darea, events | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
+
+    /* If we click on the darea, the application will exit */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "button_press_event",
+                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
+                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
+
+    gtk_widget_show (darea);
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+    /* The GTK+ main idle loop */
+    gtk_main();
+
+    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
+    return 0;
+}
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>The Graphics Context 
+<p>
+The Graphics Context, or GC, defines how things should be drawn, 
+including color, font, fill, tile, stipple, clipping mask, line 
+width, line style, and join style.
+
+<sect1>Color
+<p>
+Changing color is done by changing the forground or background color 
+of the GC.
+
+<sect>Drawing Commands
+<sect>Event Handling
+<sect>Understanding and Using Visuals
+<sect>Creating and Using New Windows
+<sect>Pixmaps
+<sect>Images
+<sect>Fonts
+<sect>
+
+<sect>About this Document
+<sect1>History
+<P>
+This document was originially written by Peter Mattis and entitled
+"The General Drawing Kit".  It was meant as a reference guide.
+
+This version of the document has been renamed and is meant as a general
+programming guide.
+
+<sect1>Copying
+<p>
+Copyright (c) 1996 Peter Mattis
+<p>
+Copyright (c) 1998 Shawn T. Amundson
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Peter Mattis.
+
+</article>

docs/gdk.texi

@@ -324,3 +324,11 @@ handle_event ()
 @summarycontents
 @contents
 @bye
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

docs/generation.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+Overview:
+========
+
+This file describes the way that autogeneration
+works within the GTK+ source code.
+
+The following files in the gdk/ subdirectory
+are autogenerated:
+
+  gdkkeysyms.h
+  gdkcursors.h 
+
+The following files in the gtk/ subdirectory 
+are autogenerated:
+
+ gtk.defs
+   Description of GTK+ types (and some functions) in a lisp-style
+   format.
+ gtktypebuiltins.h
+   Header file including declarations for internal types  
+ gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
+   Variables for type values for internal types.
+ gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
+   Arrays holding information about each internal type.
+ gtktypebuiltins_evals.c
+   Arrays holding mapping between enumeration values
+   and strings.
+
+ gtkmarshal.c
+ gtkmarshal.h
+   Autogenerated signal marshallers
+
+GDK
+===
+
+gdkkeysyms.h and gdkcursors.h are generated from
+the corresponding header files
+
+  X11/cursorfont.h
+  X11/keysymdef.h
+
+by some simple sed scripts. These are not actually
+run automatically because we want all the keysyms
+even on systems with a limited set.
+So the Gdk rule to generate both files (X-derived-headers)
+only needs to be rerun for every new release of the X Window
+System.
+
+GTK+ - type definitions
+=======================
+
+The type definitions are generated from several sources:
+
+ gtk-boxed.defs - definitions for boxed types
+ GTK+ header files
+ GDK header files
+
+The makeenums.pl script does a heuristic parse of 
+the header files and extracts all enumerations declarations.
+It also recognizes a number of pseudo-comments in the
+header files:
+
+Two of these apply to individual enumeration values:
+
+  /*< skip >*/
+
+ This enumeration value should be skipped.
+  
+  /*< nick=NICK >*/
+
+ The nickname for this value should NICK instead of the
+ normally guessed value. For instance:
+
+  typedef enum {
+    GTK_TARGET_SAME_APP = 1 << 0,    /*< nick=same-app >*/
+    GTK_TARGET_SAME_WIDGET = 1 << 1  /*< nick=same-widget >*/
+  } GtkTargetFlags;
+
+ makes the nicks "same-app" and "same-widget", instead of
+ "app" and "widget" that would normally be used.
+
+The other two apply to entire enumeration declarations.
+ 
+  /*< prefix=PREFIX >*/
+
+  Specifies the prefix to be removed from the enumeration
+  values to generate nicknames.
+
+  /*< flags >*/
+
+ Specifies that this enumeration is used as a bitfield.
+ (makenums.pl normally guesses this from the presence of values
+  with << operators). For instance:
+
+  typedef enum                    /*< flags >*/
+  {
+    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA      = 0x0001, 
+    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS = 0x0002, 
+    [ ... ]
+ } GdkIMStyle;
+
+makeenums.pl can be run into two modes:
+
+ 1) Generate the gtktypebuiltins_eval.c file (this
+    contains arrays holding the mapping of 
+    string <=> enumeration value)
+
+ 2) Generate the enumeration portion of gtk.defs.
+
+The enumearation portion is added to the boxed type 
+declarations in gtk-boxed.defs to create gtk.defs.
+
+The makeetypes.awk program takes the gtk.defs file, and
+from that generates various files depending on the
+third parameter passed to it:
+
+ macros: gtktypebuiltins.h
+ variables: gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
+ entries: gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
+
+GTK+ - marshallers
+==================
+
+The files gtkmarshal.c and gtkmarshal.h include declarations
+and definitions for the marshallers needed inside of
+GTK+. The marshallers to be generated are listed in
+the file gtkmashal.list, which is processed
+by genmarshal.pl.
+
+The format of this file is a list of lines:
+
+  <retval-type>:<arg1-type>,<arg2-type>,<arg3-type>
+ 
+e.g.:
+
+  BOOL:POINTER,STRING,STRING,POINTER
+
+A marshaller is generated for each line in the file.
+The possible types are:
+
+ NONE
+ BOOL
+ CHAR
+ INT
+ UINT
+ LONG
+ ULONG
+ FLOAT
+ DOUBLE
+ STRING
+ ENUM
+ FLAGS
+ BOXED
+ POINTER
+ OBJECT
+ FOREIGN    (gpointer data, GtkDestroyNotify notify)
+ C_CALLBACK (GtkFunction func, gpointer func_data)
+ SIGNAL     (GtkSignalFunc f, gpointer data)
+ ARGS       (gint n_args, GtkArg *args)
+ CALLBACK   (GtkCallBackMarshal marshall,
+             gpointer data,
+	     GtkDestroyNotify Notify)
+
+Some of these types map to multiple return values - these
+are marked above with the return types in parantheses.
+
+NOTES
+=====
+
+When autogenerating GTK+ files, the autogenerated
+files are often rebuild resulting in the same result.
+
+To prevent unecessary rebuilds of the entire directory, some files
+that multiple other source files depend on are not actually written
+to directly.  Instead, an intermediate file is written, which
+is then compared to the old file, and only if it is different
+is it copied into the final location.

docs/gtk-config.1.in

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.TH GTK+ 1 "25 October 1998" Version @VERSION@
+.SH NAME
+gtk-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTK+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gtk-config
+[\-\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-exec\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-version] [\-\-libs] [\-\-cflags]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fIgtk-config\fP is a tool that is used to configure to determine
+the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile
+and link programs that use \fIGTK+\fP. It is also used internally
+to the .m4 macros for GNU autoconf that are included with \fIGTK+\fP.
+.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.l
+\fIgtk-config\fP accepts the following options:
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-version
+Print the currently installed version of \fIGTK+\fP on the standard output.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-libs
+Print the linker flags that are necessary to link a \fIGTK+\fP program.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-cflags
+Print the compiler flags that are necessary to compile a \fIGTK+\fP program.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-prefix=PREFIX
+If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation prefix that \fIGTK+\fP
+was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags and
+\-\-libs options. This option is also used for the exec prefix
+if \-\-exec\-prefix was not specified. This option must be specified
+before any \-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-exec\-prefix=PREFIX
+If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation exec prefix that
+\fIGTK+\fP was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags
+and \-\-libs options.  This option must be specified before any
+\-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gimp (1),
+.BR gimptool (1)
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co  1998 Owen Taylor
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation.

docs/gtk-config.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+CONFIGURING PACKAGES TO WORK WITH GTK
+-------------------------------------
+
+Compiling a program succesfully against the GTK, GDK, and GLIB
+libraries can require a large number of command line options
+to your compiler and linker that are hard to guess correctly.
+The additional libraries required may, for example, depend on the
+manner which GTK was configured
+
+Several tools are included in this package to make process
+easier.
+
+First, there is the shell script 'gtk-config' (installed in
+$exec_prefix/bin):
+
+Invoking gtk-config
+-------------------
+
+gtk-config takes the following flags:
+
+  --version
+     Prints out the version of GTK installed
+
+  --cflags
+     Prints '-I' flags pointing to the installed header files.
+
+  --libs
+     Prints out the linker flags necessary to link a program against GTK
+   
+  --prefix[=PREFIX]
+     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $prefix.
+     (And of exec-prefix, unless --exec-prefix is also specified)
+     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $prefix
+
+  --exec-prefix[=PREFIX]
+     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $exec_prefix.
+     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $exec_prefix
+ 
+You may also add to the command line a list of additional
+libraries that gtk-config should supply the CFLAGS and LIBS
+for. The only currently supported library is 'gthread'.
+
+As an example of this latter usage, you can get the
+appropriate cflags for a threaded program with:
+
+ gtk-config --cflags gthread
+
+
+Example of using gtk-config
+---------------------------
+
+Typically, gtk-config will be used within a configure script,
+as described below. It, however, can also be used directly
+from the command line to compile a simple program. For example:
+
+  cc -o simple `gtk-config --cflags` simple.c `gtk-config --libs`
+
+This command line might expand to (for example):
+
+  cc -o simple -I/usr/local/lib/glib/include -I/usr/local/include \
+    -I/usr/X11R6/include simple.c -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/X11R6/lib \
+    -lgtk -lgdk -lglib -lXi -lXext -lX11 -lm
+
+Not only is the form using gtk-config easier to type, it will
+work on any system, no matter how GTK was configured.
+
+
+AM_PATH_GTK
+-----------
+
+For packages configured using GNU automake, GTK also provides
+a macro to automate the process of running GTK.
+
+ AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+
+This macro:
+
+ * Determines the location of GTK using gtk-config, which is either
+   found in the user's path, or from the environment variable
+   GTK_CONFIG
+
+ * Tests the installed libraries to make sure that there version
+   is later than MINIMUM-VERSION. (A default version will be used
+   if not specified)
+
+ * If the required version was found, sets the GTK_CFLAGS variable to
+   the output of `gtk-config --cflags` and the GTK_LIBS variable to
+   the output of `gtk-config --libs`, and calls AC_SUBST() for these
+   variables so they can be used in generated makefiles, and then
+   executes ACTION-IF-FOUND.
+
+ * If the required version was not found, sets GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
+   to empty strings, and executes ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND.
+
+This macro is in file 'gtk.m4' which is installed in $datadir/aclocal.
+Note that if automake was installed with a different --prefix than
+GTK, you will either have to manually move gtk.m4 to automake's
+$datadir/aclocal, or give aclocal the -I option when running it.
+
+
+Configuring a package that uses AM_PATH_GTK
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Simply make sure that gtk-config is in your path, and run
+the configure script.
+
+Notes:
+
+* The directory where the GTK libraries are installed needs
+  to be found by your system's dynamic linker.
+  
+  This is generally done by
+
+    editing /etc/ld.so.conf and running ldconfig
+
+  Or by:
+   
+    setting the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH, 
+
+  or, as a last resort, 
+ 
+    Giving a -R or -rpath flag (depending on your linker) when
+    running configure, for instance:
+
+      LDFLAGS=-R/usr/home/owen/lib ./configure
+
+* You can also specify a gtk-config not in your path by
+  setting the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the
+  name of the executable
+
+* If you move the GTK package from its installed location,
+  you will need either need to modify gtk-config script
+  manually to point to the new location or rebuild GTK.
+
+Advanced note:
+
+* configure flags
+  
+  --with-gtk-prefix=PREFIX
+  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PREFIX 
+
+  are provided to override the prefix and exec-prefix that were stored
+  in the gtk-config shell script by GTK's configure. You are generally
+  better off configuring GTK with the right path to begin with.
+
+Example of a package using AM_PATH_GTK
+--------------------------------------
+
+The following shows how to build a simple package using automake
+and the AM_PATH_GTK macro. The program used here is the testinput.c
+
+You should first read the introductory portions of the automake
+Manual, if you are not already familiar with it.
+
+Two files are needed, 'configure.in', which is used to build the
+configure script:
+
+==configure.in===
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_INIT(testinput.c)
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(testinput.c, 1.0.0)
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AM_PATH_GTK(0.99.5,
+          [LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+           CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"],
+ 	  AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?))
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
+=================
+
+The only command in this which is not standard for automake
+is the AM_PATH_GTK() macro.
+
+That command does the following:
+
+ If a GTK version greater than 0.99.5 is found, adds $GTK_LIBS to 
+ $LIBS and $GTK_CFLAGS to $CFLAGS. Otherwise, dies with the error
+ message "Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?"
+
+And the 'Makefile.am', which will be used to build the Makefile.
+
+== Makefile.am ==
+bin_PROGRAMS = testinput
+testinput_SOURCES = testinput.c
+=================
+
+This Makefile.am, says that we are building a single executable,
+from a single sourcefile 'testinput.c'. Since every program
+we are building uses GTK we simply added the GTK options
+to $LIBS and $CFLAGS, but in other circumstances, we might
+want to specify them on a per-program basis: for instance by
+adding the lines:
+
+  testinput_LDADD = $(GTK_LIBS)
+  INCLUDES = $(GTK_CFLAGS)
+
+to the Makefile.am.
+
+To try this example out, create a new directory, add the two
+files above two it, and copy the testinput.c file from 
+the gtk/ subdirectory to the new directory. Edit the line:
+
+  #include "gtk.h"
+
+in testgtk.c, to read:
+
+  #include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+
+Now execute the following commands:
+
+  automake --add-missing
+  aclocal
+  autoconf
+  
+You now have a package that can be built in the normal fashion
+
+  ./configure
+  make
+  make install
+
+
+Notes:
+
+* If you are converting a package that used a pre-1.0 version of
+  GTK, you should remove the autoconf tests for X. The results
+  of these tests are included in gtk-config and will be added
+  to GTK_LIBS and GTK_CFLAGS by the AM_PATH_GTK macro.
+
+                                        Owen Taylor
+                                        14 Mar 1997

docs/gtkdocs_fix

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+# Stupid script to fix look of html files created with sgml2html...
+
+foreach (@ARGV) {
+    print "Fixing... $_\n";
+    system("mv $_ $_.orig");
+    system("sed -e 's/<BODY>/<BODY BGCOLOR=\"#FFFFFF\">/g' -e 's/<HR>/<HR NOSHADE>/g' $_.orig > $_");
+    unlink("$_.orig");
+}
+

docs/man/gtk_button.pod

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+gtk_button - GTK+ push button widget
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ #include <gtk/gtkbutton.h>
+
+ GtkType        gtk_button_get_type       (void);
+ GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new            (void);
+ GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
+ void           gtk_button_pressed        (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_released       (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_clicked        (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_enter          (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_leave          (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_set_relief     (GtkButton *button,
+                                           GtkReliefStyle style);
+ GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief     (GtkButton *button);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This widget is a standard push button widget.  Push button widgets
+are generally used for allowing the user to click on them to initiate
+a command.
+
+This widget is a container widget which contains one child.
+
+=head1 OBJECT HIERARCHY
+
+ gtk_object
+ gtk_widget
+ gtk_container 
+ gtk_button
+
+=head1 SIGNAL PROTOTYPES
+
+ "clicked"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "pressed"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "released"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "enter" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "leave" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+=head2 Creation
+
+The most common way to create a button is with a label in it, which
+contains text for the user to read.  The child of the button will then 
+be a L<gtk_label(3)> widget with the text you passwd in.  You can 
+do this in one command:
+
+	GtkWidget *button;
+	button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("This is a button");
+
+To create a gtk_button widget which does not already have a child, 
+use gtk_button_new():
+
+	GtkWidget *button;
+	button = gtk_button_new ();
+
+After you have created a button you can then add a widget to the
+button (such as a label or pixmap) using gtk_container_add().  See
+L<gtk_container(3)> for more information on adding widgets to
+containers.
+
+=head2 Creating a pixmap in a button in a window
+
+After we have an empty gtk_button, such as above, and we have a gtk_pixmap,
+we can simply add the gtk_pixmap to the gtk_button with gtk_container_add().
+
+The following code will open the file "gimp.xpm" and place it in a
+button.
+
+	#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+	    GtkWidget *window;
+	    GtkWidget *button;
+	    GtkWidget *pixmap;
+	    GtkStyle *style;
+	    GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap;
+	    GdkBitmap *mask;
+	    char *filename = "gimp.xpm";
+
+	    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+	    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+	    button = gtk_button_new ();
+	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
+
+	    /* The button is realized now, which creates button->window
+	       used below to create the pixmap. */
+	    gtk_widget_realize (button);
+
+	    style = gtk_widget_get_style (button);
+	    gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (button->window, &mask,
+	                                   &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
+					   filename);
+	    pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, mask);
+
+	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), pixmap);
+
+	    gtk_widget_show (pixmap);
+	    gtk_widget_show (button);
+	    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+	    gtk_main ();
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+=head2 Different reliefs
+
+Reliefs affect how the shadowing of the button is drawn.  The different
+types of relief styles are: 
+
+	GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL
+	GTK_RELIEF_HALF
+	GTK_RELIEF_NONE
+
+When set to a normal relief, the widget looks and acts like a normal
+button.  When half or none relief is used, shadowing is only drawn when the 
+mouse cursor is over the widget.
+
+To set the relief, use gtk_button_set_relief(), like:
+
+	gtk_button_set_relief (button, GTK_RELIEF_HALF);
+
+To get the current relief of a button, use gtk_button_get_relief():
+
+	GtkReliefStyle relief;
+	relief = gtk_button_get_relief (GTK_BUTTON (button));
+
+=head2 Executing a command when the button is pressed
+
+To execute a function when a button is pressed, use
+gtk_signal_connect() to connect to the "clicked" signal.
+
+	gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+	                    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (user_function),
+			    NULL);
+
+user_function is a user defined function, like the following:
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
+	{
+	    printf("clicked\n");
+	}
+
+=head1 FUNCTIONS
+
+GtkType gtk_button_get_type (void);
+
+	This function returns the GtkType which is assigned to the
+	object class for gtk_button.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_button_new (void);
+
+	This functions returns a new button widget which can then be
+	used as a container for another widget.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
+
+	This function returns a new button widget with a label widget
+	as a child.   The label widget will have the text passed into
+	the commant.
+
+void gtk_button_pressed (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "pressed" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_released (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "released" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_clicked (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "clicked" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_enter (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "enter" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_leave (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "leave" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_set_relief (GtkButton *button, GtkReliefStyle style);
+
+	This function is sets the GtkReliefStyle of the button.  The
+	relief style is one of: GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL, GTK_RELIEF_HALF,
+	or GTK_RELIEF_NONE.  The relief determines when the shadow of
+	the button is drawn.
+
+GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function returns the current relief of the button.
+
+=head1 SIGNALS
+
+"clicked"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the button is clicked. A click is 
+	a press and release of the button when the cursor is
+	inside the button on release.  
+
+"pressed"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is pressed.
+
+"released"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is released and
+	the widget was previously pressed.
+
+"enter"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the button.
+
+"leave"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the button.
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
+For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
+
+

docs/package_tutorial.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# package_tutorial.sh - Package up the tutorial into various formats
+# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1999
+# Contact: gale@gtk.org
+#
+# NOTE: This script requires the following to be installed:
+#            o SGML Tools
+#            o Latex
+#            o DVI tools
+
+TARGET=`pwd`/gtk_tut.sgml
+GIFS="`pwd`/*.gif"
+EXAMPLES=`pwd`/../examples
+
+PATH=`pwd`:$PATH
+
+DATE=`date '+%y%m%d'`
+
+# Check top level directory
+if [ ! -d gtk_tutorial ]; then
+  if [ -e gtk_tutorial ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: gtk_tutorial is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+fi 
+
+cd gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+
+# SGML Format
+echo -n "Copy SGML and GIF's.... "
+if [ ! -d sgml ]; then
+  if [ -e sgml ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir sgml
+fi
+
+(cd sgml ; cp $TARGET . ; cp $GIFS .)
+echo "done"
+
+# HTML Format
+echo -n "Formatting into HTML.... " 
+if [ ! -d html ]; then
+  if [ -e html ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir html
+fi
+
+(cd html ; sgml2html $TARGET ; cp $GIFS .)
+echo "done"
+
+# Text Format
+echo -n "Formatting into Text.... "
+if [ ! -d txt ]; then
+  if [ -e txt ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: txt is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir txt
+fi
+
+(cd txt ; sgml2txt -f $TARGET 2>&1 > /dev/null )
+echo "done"
+
+# PS and DVI Format
+echo -n "Formatting into PS and DVI.... "
+if [ ! -d ps ]; then
+  if [ -e ps ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: ps is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir ps
+fi
+
+(cd ps ; sgml2latex --output=ps $TARGET > /dev/null)
+(cd ps ; sgml2latex $TARGET > /dev/null)
+echo "done"
+
+# Copy examples
+echo -n "Copying examples"
+cp -R $EXAMPLES .
+(cd examples ; make clean ; rm -rf CVS */CVS)
+echo "done"
+
+# Package it all up
+echo -n "Creating packages.... "
+cd ..
+tar cvfz gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+echo "done"
+
+rm -rf gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+
+echo
+echo Package gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz created.
+echo

docs/refcounting.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+The Reference Counting Scheme of GDK an GTK+
+============================================
+
+Each data structure that provides reference counting offers a bunch of
+functions that follow these conventions:
+
+  *_new:      Create a new structure with a reference count of 1.
+  *_ref:      Increase ref count by one.
+  *_unref:    Decrease ref count by one.  If the count drops to zero,
+              run appropriate finalization code and free the memory.
+	      For data structures with a _destroy function, it will be
+	      invoked at this point, if the data structure is not
+              already in a destroyed state.
+
+GtkObjects also provide the following functions:
+
+  *_destroy:  Render an object `unusable', but as long as there are
+              references to it, it's allocated memory will not be freed.
+  *_sink:     Clear a GtkObjects `floating' state and decrement the
+	      reference count by 1.
+
+GdkWindow
+---------
+
+A GdkWindow has to be explicitely destroyed with gdk_window_destroy.
+This will send out a request to destroy this window and all its
+children, and will decrement the ref_count of the GdkWindow by one.
+Thus, it releases the inital reference created by gdk_window_new.
+
+All GdkWindows are kept in a hash table to translate from their XId to
+the actual structure and the pointer in the hash table is reflected in
+the reference count.  When a DestroyNotify event is received for a
+particular GdkWindow, it is removed from the hash table and the
+ref_count is updated accordingly.
+
+You can call gdk_window_destroy more than once on a particular
+GdkWindow, it will only be destroyed when it hasn't been yet.  The
+ref_count is *always* decremented, tho. Be careful.
+
+Remark: When writing NO_WINDOW widgets, care should be taken about
+        proper referencing/unreferencing of the parent's GdkWindow
+        that is used by the widget.
+ 
+GdkPixmap
+---------
+
+There is no gdk_pixmap_destroy function.  The Pixmap is destroyed when
+the last reference to it vanishes.
+
+GdkPixmaps are kept in the same hash table as GdkWindows but the
+pointer in the hash table is *not* reflected in the ref_count.
+
+This works only when Pixmaps never get XEvents.  I'm not sure if this
+is the case.
+
+GdkBitmap
+---------
+
+A GdkBitmap is only another name for a special use of GdkPixmap.
+
+GdkVisual
+---------
+
+There are no *_new or *_destroy functions and the *_ref and *_unref
+functions are noops.  GdkVisuals are static structures and thus do not
+need reference counting.  The ref counting functions are only there
+for extra defensive programming.
+
+GdkColormap
+-----------
+
+Nothing special.  There is no gdk_colormap_destroy function.
+
+GdkFont / GdkFontSet
+--------------------
+
+GdkFont and GdkFontSet are equivalent as far as ref counting is
+concerned.  Use gdk_font_ref and gdk_font_unref for both.
+
+There is no gdk_font_free or gdk_fontset_free function.
+
+GtkAcceleratorTable
+-------------------
+
+There is no gtk_accelerator_table_destroy function.
+
+GtkTooltips
+-----------
+
+There is no gtk_tooltips_destroy function.
+
+GtkStyle
+--------
+
+There is no gtk_style_destroy function.
+
+GtkObject
+---------
+
+GtkObjects follow the usual ref_counting strategy, but with a twist.
+
+They are created with a ref_count of 1.  GtkObjects are able to
+run finalization code when the ref_count drops to zero but you cannot
+register arbitrary signal handlers to run at finalization time.
+
+There is also the old gtk_object_destroy function and the "destroy"
+signal but they are somewhat independent from finalization.  Just as
+stated at the top of this text, gtk_object_destroy merely renders an
+object unusable.  When the object is a container widget for example,
+it unrealizes that widget, removes all children and disconnects all
+signal handlers.  The finalization code is different, it would for
+example free associated memory for text strings and release the
+attached style.
+
+This is the biggest change.  Every widget must be revised to have a
+proper "destroy" function, etc.  Such a destroy function will only
+be called once and is expected to leave the widget in a minimal but
+consistent state.  Widgets that have been "destroyed" but not yet
+finalized are flagged with GTK_DESTROY.  The "finalization" function
+is new and should perform last-minute cleanup actions, in contrast
+to the destroy function it will not be emitted as signal though.
+It can assume that the "destroy" function has been called as the
+last function on this widget.
+
+Essentially, the old "destroy" function has been split into a
+"finalize" plus a "destroy" function.
+
+It is not possible to create GtkObjects with a ref_count of 0
+because the first ref/unref pair will destroy it unintentionally.
+
+To be mostly backward compatible with existing practice, a GtkObject
+leads a more complicated life than the other reference counted structures.
+
+When a GtkObject is created, it starts out in a special state called
+"floating" (this is the twist).  This means that it is alive and has a
+reference to it, but the `owner' of this reference is not known.
+There are certain `potential owners' that will adopt a floating
+GtkObject.  For GtkWidgets the most common adopters are the parent
+widget.
+
+When you want to adopt a possibly floating GtkObject, you call
+gtk_object_sink on it.  This clears the floating state of the
+GtkObject and decrements the ref_count by one, if it has been floating
+previously.  Once the floating state has been cleared, it will never
+be set again.
+
+All widgets that are part of the display are linked into a
+parent/child tree.  The link from the parent to a child is reflected
+in the ref_count of the child, but the link from the child to the
+parent is not reflected in the ref_count of the parent.
+
+Like a GtkObject, a GtkWidget is created with a ref_count of 1 and
+initially flagged as `floating'.  As soon as it is added as a child to
+a parent, the `floating' flag is cleared and never will be set again.
+Not even when it is later unparented.  The act of clearing the
+`floating' flag also decrements the ref_count of the widget by one.
+
+When the widget is unparented, its underlying GdkWindow is destroyed
+(when it has one), it loses its reference from the parent and
+naturally the ref_count is decremented.
+
+It is considered a bug if a widget still has a GdkWindow when it is
+being freed.
+
+Toplevel widgets, which don't have a `natural' parent, are adopted by
+special registering functions.  Because the of the reference count that
+is set by the registering functions, toplevel widgets will have to be
+explicitly destroyed, with the exception of GtkMenus.  GtkMenus are a
+special case of toplevel widgets in that they will be `attached' to and
+`detached' from other widgets.  The act of attaching a GtkMenu to a
+widget will be reflected in its reference count.  The act of detaching
+a GtkMenu will revert that.  Therefore GtkMenus naturally get destroyed
+and finalized once they are detached from their reference holder.
+
+So, the typical career of a GtkWindow a GtMenu attached to a
+GtkOptionMenu looks like this:
+
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+  /* window is created with ref_count == 1.  It is not flagged as
+   * `floating' because it has already been registered as a toplevel
+   * widget.
+   */
+
+  option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new ();
+  /* option_menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  gtk_container_add (window, option_menu);
+  /* option_menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  menu = gtk_menu_new ();
+  /* menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Choose Me");
+  /* menu_item->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+
+  gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (menu), menu_item);
+  /* menu_item->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu), menu);
+  /* menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+
+  gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
+  gtk_widget_show (option_menu);
+  gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+  /* The widgets get their GdkWindows, nothing significant happens to
+   * the ref_counts.
+   */
+
+Then, when the user wants to get rid of the window:
+
+  gtk_widget_destroy (window);
+
+  /* The GdkWindow of `window' and all its child GdkWindows are
+   * destroyed.
+   *
+   * window is unregistered from the loplevel list and its ref_count
+   * drops to zero.  The destroy code of `window' destroyes `option_menu'.
+   *
+   * The destroy code of `option_menu' causes the `menu' to be detached
+   * from it and its reference count drops to zero.
+   *
+   * The destroy code of `menu' destroyes `menu_item'.
+   *
+   * The destruction of `menu_item' removes it from its parent, the
+   * menu_item->ref_count drops to zero and `menu_item' is finalized (freed).
+   *
+   * Now `menu', `option_menu' and `window' will be destroyed and finalized,
+   * in this order, since the reference count of each is zero.
+   */
+
+
+Taking care of proper referencing
+---------------------------------
+
+There are some cases where referencing of widgets from outside the toolkit
+(on the application side) is needed.
+Once the application performes an operation on a widget that will cause
+its reference count to drop, if it wants to take further actions on the
+widget, it needs to hold a reference to it.
+
+Example code sequences that require reference wraps:
+
+   /* gtk_container_remove() will unparent the child and therefore
+    * cause it's reference count to be decremented by one.
+    */
+   gtk_widget_ref (widget);
+   gtk_container_remove (container, widget);
+   /* without the reference count, the widget would have been destroyed here.
+   */
+   gtk_container_add (container, widget);
+   gtk_widget_unref (widget);
+
+
+  /* all items in item_list need to be referenced
+   * before gtk_list_remove_items() is invoked.
+   * this is somewhat tricky as gtk_list_append_items/gtk_list_prepend_items/
+   * gtk_list_insert_items will take over the lists nodes.
+   * we therefore have an extra GSList `*slist' for later unreferencing.
+   */
+   slist = NULL;
+   for (list = item_list; list; list = list->next)
+   {
+     gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (list->data));
+     slist = g_slist_prepend (slist, list->data);
+   }
+   gtk_list_remove_items (list, item_list);
+   gtk_list_append_items (other_list, item_list);
+   /* gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list); */
+   /* gtk_list_insert_items (other_list, item_list, 3); */
+   while (slist)
+   {
+     GSList *tmp;
+     
+     tmp = slist;
+     slist = slist->next;
+     gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (tmp->data));
+     g_slist_free_1 (tmp);
+   }
+   
+   /* Alternatively to the removal above you could just use
+    * gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref() which will add the additional
+    * reference count to the widget.
+    */
+   gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref (list, item_list);
+   gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list);
+
+
+Now a (hopefully) complete list of functions that require
+wrappers similar to the examples above:
+
+void       gtk_container_remove         (GtkContainer     *container,
+                                         GtkWidget        *widget);
+void       gtk_list_remove_items        (GtkList          *list,
+                                         GList            *items);
+void       gtk_tree_remove_items        (GtkTree          *tree,
+                                         GList            *items);
+void       gtk_tree_item_remove_subtree (GtkTreeItem      *tree_item);
+void       gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GtkMenuItem      *menu_item);
+void       gtk_option_menu_remove_menu  (GtkOptionMenu    *option_menu);
+
+
+
+Initial proposal:
+	- Marius Vollmer <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+Some modifications/additions, "Taking care of proper referencing" and
+reference counting solution for GtkMenus:
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>

docs/styles.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+HANDLING WIDGET STYLES
+======================
+
+
+A widget gets created with a default style.
+The global default style can be affected by gtk_widget_set_default_style()
+and can be queried by gtk_widget_get_default_style().
+The initial style that is assigned to a widget as default style upon
+creation can be affected by wrapping the widget's creation as follows:
+gtk_widget_push_style (my_style);
+widget = gtk_type_new (gtk_button_get_type ());
+gtk_widget_pop_style ();
+
+There are certain functions to affect widget styles after a widget's
+creation:
+
+gtk_widget_set_style ()
+  Save the default style and set a user style.
+  This will override a previously set user style or
+  previously set rc styles.
+
+gtk_widget_set_rc_style ()
+  Set GTK_RC_STYLE to indicate that an rc lookup has been performed.
+  If there is an rc style for a widget, set it and save the default style,
+  restore the default style otherwise.
+  This will override a previously set user style or rc style.
+
+gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles ()
+  Descends through a widget heirarchy and sets the rc style
+  on all widgets that don't have a user style set.
+
+gtk_widget_restore_default_style ()
+  Reset the widget's style to the default style, this is only usefull if
+  the widgets default style had been saved by previous calls to
+  gtk_widget_set_style() or gtk_widget_set_rc_style().
+
+gtk_widget_ensure_style ()
+  Ensure that the widget either has a user style set, or an rc lookup
+  has been performed.
+
+gtk_rc_get_style ()
+  Return an rc style for a widget if there is one.
+
+gtk_widget_set_name ()
+  Change widget name, and perform a new rc lookup if no user style
+  is set.
+
+gtk_widget_realize ()
+  Besides realizing the widget this function will:
+  - perform an rc lookup if neccessary,
+  - attach a widget's style.
+
+gtk_widget_get_style ()
+  Return a widgets style, this function will perform an rc lookup
+  if neccessary.
+
+gtk_widget_set_parent ()
+  This function will perform rc lookups recursively for all widgets
+  that do not have a user style set.
+
+gtk_style_copy ()
+  This function can be used to copy a widget's style.
+  The style can subsequntly be changed (e.g., by modifications to the
+  red/green/blue values of a certain color) and then be applied to the
+  widget via gtk_widget_set_style().
+
+
+GtkWidget::style_set
+  This signal will be emitted for a widget once its style changes with
+  an additional argument previous_style wich will hold the widget->style
+  avlue from a previous emission.
+  The initial emission of this signal is guaranteed to happen prior
+  to any GtkWidget::size_request emission, and will have the previous_style
+  argument set to NULL.
+  The GtkWidgetClass implements a default handler for this signal that
+  will set the widget's window's background of widgets that provide their
+  own windows according to the new style.
+  Derived widgets need to overide this default handler, if:
+  - their size requisition depends on the current style.
+    (e.g., on the style's fonts)
+  - they set the background of widget->window to something other than.
+    style->bg. (e.g., GtkListItem)
+  - the widget provides windows other than widget->window.
+  - the widget has any other stored dependencies on the style.
+                   
+
+
+Flag indications:
+
+!GTK_RC_STYLE && !GTK_USER_STYLE:
+  The widget has it's default style set, no rc lookup has been
+  performed, the widget has not been size requested yet and is
+  therefore not yet realized.
+
+GTK_USER_STYLE:
+  GTK_RC_STYLE is not set.
+  The widget has a user style assigned, and it's default style has been
+  saved.
+
+GTK_RC_STYLE:
+  GTK_USER_STYLE is not set.
+  If the widget has a saved default style, it has been assigned an
+  rc style. If the widget does not have a saved default style, it still
+  has its default style but an rc lookup has already been performed.
+
+
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+	  1998/02/27

docs/text_widget.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+Date: Sun, 14 Sep 1997 20:17:06 -0700 (PDT)
+From: Josh MacDonald <jmacd@CS.Berkeley.EDU>
+To: gnome@athena.nuclecu.unam.mx, gtk-list@redhat.com
+Subject: [gtk-list] gtktext widget internal documentation
+
+
+Pete convinced me to just write up the text widget and let someone else
+finish it.  I'm pretty busy and have other commitments now.  Sorry.  I think
+I'm not the most qualified for some of the remaining work anyway, because I
+don't really know Gtk and it's event model very well.  Most of the work so 
+far was possible without knowing Gtk all that well, it was simply a data 
+structure exercise (though after reading this you might say it was a fairly
+complicated data structure exercise).  I'm happy to answer questions.
+
+-josh
+
+
+High level description:
+
+There are several layers of data structure to the widget.  They are
+seperated from each other as much as possible.  The first is a gapped
+text segment similar to the data structure Emacs uses for representing
+text.  Then there is a property list, which stores text properties for
+various ranges of text.  There is no direct relation between the text
+property list and the gapped text segment.  Finally there is a drawn
+line parameter cache to speed calculations when drawing and redrawing
+lines on screen.  In addition to these data structures, there are
+structures to help iterate over text in the buffer.
+
+The gapped text segment is quite simple.  It's parameters are (all
+parameters I mention here are in the structure GtkText):
+
+  guchar* text;
+  guint text_len;
+  guint gap_position;
+  guint gap_size;
+  guint text_end;
+
+TEXT is the buffer, TEXT_LEN is its allocated length.  TEXT_END is the
+length of the text, including the gap.  GAP_POSITION is the start of
+the gap, and GAP_SIZE is the gap's length.  Therefore, TEXT_END -
+GAP_SIZE is the length of the text in the buffer.  The macro
+TEXT_LENGTH returns this value.  To get the value of a character in
+the buffer, use the macro TEXT_INDEX(TEXT,INDEX).  This macro tests
+whether the index is less than the GAP_POSITION and returns
+TEXT[INDEX] or returns TEXT[GAP_SIZE+INDEX].  The function
+MOVE_GAP_TO_POINT positions the gap to a particular index.  The
+function MAKE_FORWARD_SPACE lengthens the gap to provide room for a
+certain number of characters.
+
+The property list is a doubly linked list (GList) of text property
+data for each contiguous set of characters with similar properties.
+The data field of the GList points to a TextProperty structure, which
+contains:
+
+  TextFont* font;
+  GdkColor* back_color;
+  GdkColor* fore_color;
+  guint length;
+
+Currently, only font and color data are contained in the property
+list, but it can be extended by modifying the INSERT_TEXT_PROPERTY,
+TEXT_PROPERTIES_EQUAL, and a few other procedures.  The text property
+structure does not contain an absolute offset, only a length.  As a
+result, inserting a character into the buffer simply requires moving
+the gap to the correct position, making room in the buffer, and either
+inserting a new property or extending the old one.  This logic is done
+by INSERT_TEXT_PROPERTY.  A similar procedure exists to delete from
+the text property list, DELETE_TEXT_PROPERTY.  Since the property
+structure doesn't contain an offset, insertion into the list is an
+O(1) operation.  All such operations act on the insertion point, which
+is the POINT field of the GtkText structure.
+
+The GtkPropertyMark structure is used for keeping track of the mapping
+between absolute buffer offsets and positions in the property list.
+These will be referred to as property marks.  Generally, there are
+four property marks the system keeps track of.  Two are trivial, the
+beginning and the end of the buffer are easy to find.  The other two
+are the insertion point (POINT) and the cursor point (CURSOR_MARK).
+All operations on the text buffer are done using a property mark as a
+sort of cursor to keep track of the alignment of the property list and
+the absolute buffer offset.  The GtkPropertyMark structure contains:
+
+  GList* property;
+  guint offset;
+  guint index;
+
+PROPERTY is a pointer at the current property list element.  INDEX is
+the absolute buffer index, and OFFSET is the offset of INDEX from the
+beginning of PROPERTY.  It is essential to keep property marks valid,
+or else you will have the wrong text properties at each property mark
+transition.  An important point is that all property marks are invalid
+after a buffer modification unless care is taken to keep them
+accurate.  That is the difficulty of the insert and delete operations,
+because as the next section describes, line data is cached and by
+neccesity contains text property marks.  The functions for operating
+and computing property marks are:
+
+ void advance_mark     (GtkPropertyMark* mark);
+ void decrement_mark   (GtkPropertyMark* mark);
+ void advance_mark_n   (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+ void decrement_mark_n (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+ void move_mark_n      (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+
+ GtkPropertyMark find_mark      (GtkText* text, guint mark_position);
+ GtkPropertyMark find_mark_near (GtkText* text, guint mark_position,
+                                 const GtkPropertyMark* near);
+
+ADVANCE_MARK and DECREMENT_MARK modify the mark by plus or minus one
+buffer index.  ADVANCE_MARK_N and DECREMENT_MARK_N modify the mark by
+plus or minus N indices.  MOVE_MARK_N accepts a positive or negative
+argument.  FIND_MARK returns a mark at MARK_POSITION using a linear
+search from the nearest known property mark (the beginning, the end,
+the point, etc).  FIND_MARK_NEAR also does a linear search, but
+searches from the NEAR argument.  A number of macros exist at the top
+of the file for doing things like getting the current text property,
+or some component of the current property.  See the MARK_* macros.
+
+Next there is a LineParams structure which contains all the
+information neccesary to draw one line of text on screen.  When I say
+"line" here, I do not mean one line of text seperated by newlines,
+rather I mean one row of text on screen.  It is a matter of policy how
+visible lines are chosen and there are currently two policies,
+line-wrap and no-line-wrap.  I suspect it would not be difficult to
+implement new policies for doing such things as justification.  The
+LineParams structure includes the following fields:
+
+  guint font_ascent;
+  guint font_descent;
+  guint pixel_width;
+  guint displayable_chars;
+  guint wraps : 1;
+
+  PrevTabCont tab_cont;
+  PrevTabCont tab_cont_next;
+
+  GtkPropertyMark start;
+  GtkPropertyMark end;
+
+FONT_ASCENT and FONT_DESCENT are the maximum ascent and descent of any
+character in the line.  PIXEL_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide the
+drawn region is, though I don't think it's actually being used
+currently.  You may wish to remove this field, eventually, though I
+suspect it will come in handy implementing horizontal scrolling.
+DISPLAYABLE_CHARS is the number of characters in the line actually
+drawn.  This may be less than the number of characters in the line
+when line wrapping is off (see below).  The bitflag WRAPS tells
+whether the next line is a continuation of this line.  START and END
+are the marks at the beginning and end of the line.  Note that END is
+the actual last character, not one past it, so the smallest line
+(containing, for example, one newline) has START == END.  TAB_CONT and
+TAB_CONT_NEXT are for computation of tab positions.  I will discuss
+them later.
+
+A point about the end of the buffer.  You may be tempted to consider
+working with the buffer as an array of length TEXT_LENGTH(TEXT), but
+you have to be careful that the editor allows you to position your
+cursor at the last index of the buffer, one past the last character.
+The macro LAST_INDEX(TEXT, MARK) returns true if MARK is positioned at
+this index.  If you see or add a special case in the code for this
+end-of-buffer case, make sure to use LAST_INDEX if you can.  Very
+often, the last index is treated as a newline.
+
+[ One way the last index is special is that, although it is always
+  part of some property, it will never be part of a property of
+  length 1 unless there are no other characters in the text. That
+  is, its properties are always that of the preceding character,
+  if any.
+  
+  There is a fair bit of special case code to mantain this condition -
+  which is needed so that user has control over the properties of
+  characters inserted at the last position. OWT 2/9/98 ]
+
+Tab stops are variable width.  A list of tab stops is contained in the
+GtkText structure:
+
+  GList *tab_stops;
+  gint default_tab_width;
+
+The elements of tab_stops are integers casted to gpointer.  This is a
+little bogus, but works.  For example:
+
+  text->default_tab_width = 4;
+  text->tab_stops = NULL;
+  text->tab_stops = g_list_prepend (text->tab_stops, (void*)8);
+  text->tab_stops = g_list_prepend (text->tab_stops, (void*)8);
+
+is how these fields are initialized, currently.  This means that the
+first two tabs occur at 8 and 16, and every 4 characters thereafter.
+Tab stops are used in the computation of line geometry (to fill in a
+LineParams structure), and the width of the space character in the
+current font is used.  The PrevTabCont structure, of which two are
+stored per line, is used to compute the geometry of lines which may
+have wrapped and carried part of a tab with them:
+
+  guint pixel_offset;
+  TabStopMark tab_start;
+
+PIXEL_OFFSET is the number of pixels at which the line should start,
+and tab_start is a tab stop mark, which is similar to a property mark,
+only it keeps track of the mapping between line position (column) and
+the next tab stop.  A TabStopMark contains:
+
+  GList* tab_stops;
+  gint to_next_tab;
+
+TAB_STOPS is a pointer into the TAB_STOPS field of the GtkText
+structure.  TO_NEXT_TAB is the number of characters before the next
+tab.  The functions ADVANCE_TAB_MARK and ADVANCE_TAB_MARK_N advance
+these marks.  The LineParams structure contains two PrevTabCont
+structures, which each contain a tab stop.  The first (TAB_CONT) is
+for computing the beginning pixel offset, as mentioned above.  The
+second (TAB_CONT_NEXT) is used to initialize the TAB_CONT field of the
+next line if it wraps.
+
+Since computing the parameters of a line are fairly complicated, I
+have one interface that should be all you ever need to figure out
+something about a line.  The function FIND_LINE_PARAMS computes the
+parameters of a single line.  The function LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE is used
+for computing the properties of some number (> 0) of sequential lines.
+
+void
+line_params_iterate (GtkText* text,
+		     const GtkPropertyMark* mark0,
+		     const PrevTabCont* tab_mark0,
+		     gboolean alloc,
+		     gpointer data,
+		     LineIteratorFunction iter);
+
+where LineIteratorFunction is:
+
+typedef gint (*LineIteratorFunction) (GtkText* text,
+                                      LineParams* lp,
+                                      gpointer data);
+
+The arguments are a text widget (TEXT), the property mark at the
+beginning of the first line (MARK0), the tab stop mark at the
+beginning of that line (TAB_MARK0), whether to heap-allocate the
+LineParams structure (ALLOC), some client data (DATA), and a function
+to call with the parameters of each line.  TAB_MARK0 may be NULL, but
+if so MARK0 MUST BE A REAL LINE START (not a continued line start; it
+is preceded by a newline).  If TAB_MARK0 is not NULL, MARK0 may be any
+line start (continued or not).  See the code for examples.  The
+function ITER is called with each LineParams computed.  If ALLOC was
+true, LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE heap-allocates the LineParams and does not
+free them.  Otherwise, no storage is permanently allocated.  ITER
+should return TRUE when it wishes to continue no longer.
+
+There are currently two uses of LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE:
+
+* Compute the total buffer height for setting the parameters of the
+  scroll bars.  This is done in SET_VERTICAL_SCROLL each time the
+  window is resized.  When horizontal scrolling is added, depending on
+  the policy chosen, the max line width can be computed here as well.
+
+* Computing geometry of some pixel height worth of lines.  This is
+  done in FETCH_LINES, FETCH_LINES_BACKWARD, FETCH_LINES_FORWARD, etc.
+
+The GtkText structure contains a cache of the LineParams data for all
+visible lines:
+
+  GList *current_line;
+  GList *line_start_cache;
+
+  guint first_line_start_index;
+  guint first_cut_pixels;
+  guint first_onscreen_hor_pixel;
+  guint first_onscreen_ver_pixel;
+
+LINE_START_CACHE is a doubly linked list of LineParams.  CURRENT_LINE
+is a transient piece of data which is set in varoius places such as
+the mouse click code.  Generally, it is the line on which the cursor
+property mark CURSOR_MARK is on.  LINE_START_CACHE points to the first
+visible line and may contain PREV pointers if the cached data of
+offscreen lines is kept around.  I haven't come up with a policy.  The
+cache can keep more lines than are visible if desired, but the result
+is that inserts and deletes will then become slower as the entire
+cache has to be "corrected".  Right now it doesn't delete from the
+cache (it should).  As a result, scrolling through the whole buffer
+once will fill the cache with an entry for each line, and subsequent
+modifications will be slower than they should
+be. FIRST_LINE_START_INDEX is the index of the *REAL* line start of
+the first line.  That is, if the first visible line is a continued
+line, this is the index of the real line start (preceded by a
+newline).  FIRST_CUT_PIXELS is the number of pixels which are not
+drawn on the first visible line.  If FIRST_CUT_PIXELS is zero, the
+whole line is visible.  FIRST_ONSCREEN_HOR_PIXEL is not used.
+FIRST_ONSCREEN_VER_PIXEL is the absolute pixel which starts the
+visible region.  This is used for setting the vertical scroll bar.
+
+Other miscellaneous things in the GtkText structure:
+
+Gtk specific things:
+
+  GtkWidget widget;
+
+  GdkWindow *text_area;
+
+  GtkAdjustment *hadj;
+  GtkAdjustment *vadj;
+
+  GdkGC *gc;
+
+  GdkPixmap* line_wrap_bitmap;
+  GdkPixmap* line_arrow_bitmap;
+
+These are pretty self explanatory, especially if you know Gtk.
+LINE_WRAP_BITMAP and LINE_ARROW_BITMAP are two bitmaps used to
+indicate that a line wraps and is continued offscreen, respectively.
+
+Some flags:
+
+  guint has_cursor : 1;
+  guint is_editable : 1;
+  guint line_wrap : 1;
+  guint freeze : 1;
+  guint has_selection : 1;
+  guint own_selection : 1;
+
+HAS_CURSOR is true iff the cursor is visible.  IS_EDITABLE is true iff
+the user is allowed to modify the buffer.  If IS_EDITABLE is false,
+HAS_CURSOR is guaranteed to be false.  If IS_EDITABLE is true,
+HAS_CURSOR starts out false and is set to true the first time the user
+clicks in the window.  LINE_WRAP is where the line-wrap policy is
+set.  True means wrap lines, false means continue lines offscreen,
+horizontally.
+
+The text properties list:
+
+  GList *text_properties;
+  GList *text_properties_end;
+
+A scratch area used for constructing a contiguous piece of the buffer
+which may otherwise span the gap.  It is not strictly neccesary
+but simplifies the drawing code because it does not need to deal with
+the gap.
+
+  guchar* scratch_buffer;
+  guint   scratch_buffer_len;
+
+The last vertical scrollbar position.  Currently this looks the same
+as FIRST_ONSCREEN_VER_PIXEL.  I can't remember why I have two values.
+Perhaps someone should clean this up.
+
+  gint last_ver_value;
+
+The cursor:
+
+  gint            cursor_pos_x;
+  gint            cursor_pos_y;
+  GtkPropertyMark cursor_mark;
+  gchar           cursor_char;
+  gchar           cursor_char_offset;
+  gint            cursor_virtual_x;
+  gint            cursor_drawn_level;
+
+CURSOR_POS_X and CURSOR_POS_Y are the screen coordinates of the
+cursor.  CURSOR_MARK is the buffer position.  CURSOR_CHAR is
+TEXT_INDEX (TEXT, CURSOR_MARK.INDEX) if a drawable character, or 0 if
+it is whitespace, which is treated specially.  CURSOR_CHAR_OFFSET is
+the pixel offset above the base of the line at which it should be
+drawn.  Note that the base of the line is not the "baseline" in the
+traditional font metric sense.  A line (LineParams) is
+FONT_ASCENT+FONT_DESCENT high (use the macro LINE_HEIGHT).  The
+"baseline" is FONT_DESCENT below the base of the line.  I think this
+requires a drawing.
+
+0                      AAAAAAA
+1                      AAAAAAA
+2                     AAAAAAAAA
+3                     AAAAAAAAA
+4                    AAAAA AAAAA
+5                    AAAAA AAAAA
+6                   AAAAA   AAAAA
+7                  AAAAA     AAAAA
+8                  AAAAA     AAAAA
+9                 AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
+10                AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
+11               AAAAA         AAAAA
+12               AAAAA         AAAAA
+13              AAAAAA         AAAAAA
+14______________AAAAA___________AAAAA__________________________________
+15
+16
+17
+18
+19
+20
+
+This line is 20 pixels high, has FONT_ASCENT=14, FONT_DESCENT=6.  It's
+"base" is at y=20.  Characters are drawn at y=14.  The LINE_START
+macro returns the pixel height.  The LINE_CONTAINS macro is true if
+the line contains a certain buffer index.  The LINE_STARTS_AT macro is
+true if the line starts at a certain buffer index.  The
+LINE_START_PIXEL is the pixel offset the line should be drawn at,
+according the the tab continuation of the previous line.
+
+Exposure and drawing:
+
+Exposure is handled from the EXPOSE_TEXT function.  It assumes that
+the LINE_START_CACHE and all it's parameters are accurate and simply
+exposes any line which is in the exposure region.  It calls the
+CLEAR_AREA function to clear the background and/or lay down a pixmap
+background.  The text widget has a scrollable pixmap background, which
+is implemented in CLEAR_AREA.  CLEAR_AREA does the math to figure out
+how to tile the pixmap itself so that it can scroll the text with a
+copy area call.  If the CURSOR argument to EXPOSE_TEXT is true, it
+also draws the cursor.
+
+The function DRAW_LINE draws a single line, doing all the tab and
+color computations neccesary.  The function DRAW_LINE_WRAP draws the
+line wrap bitmap at the end of the line if it wraps.  TEXT_EXPOSE will
+expand the cached line data list if it has to by calling
+FETCH_LINES_FORWARD.  The functions DRAW_CURSOR and UNDRAW_CURSOR draw
+and undraw the cursor.  They count the number of draws and undraws so
+that the cursor may be undrawn even if the cursor is already undrawn
+and the re-draw will not occur too early.  This is useful in handling
+scrolling.
+
+Handling of the cursor is a little messed up, I should add.  It has to
+be undrawn and drawn at various places.  Something better needs to be
+done about this, because it currently doesn't do the right thing in
+certain places.  I can't remember where very well.  Look for the calls
+to DRAW_CURSOR and UNDRAW_CURSOR.
+
+RECOMPUTE_GEOMETRY is called when the geometry of the window changes
+or when it is first drawn.  This is probably not done right.  My
+biggest weakness in writing this code is that I've never written a
+widget before so I got most of the event handling stuff wrong as far
+as Gtk is concerned.  Fortunatly, most of the code is unrelated and
+simply an exercise in data structure manipulation.
+
+Scrolling:
+
+Scrolling is fairly straighforward.  It looks at the top line, and
+advances it pixel by pixel until the FIRST_CUT_PIXELS equals the line
+height and then advances the LINE_START_CACHE.  When it runs out of
+lines it fetches more.  The function SCROLL_INT is used to scroll from
+inside the code, it calls the appropriate functions and handles
+updating the scroll bars.  It dispatches a change event which causes
+Gtk to call the correct scroll action, which then enters SCROLL_UP or
+SCROLL_DOWN.  Careful with the cursor during these changes.
+
+Insertion, deletion:
+
+There's some confusion right now over what to do with the cursor when
+it's offscreen due to scrolling.  This is a policy decision.  I don't
+know what's best.  Spencer criticized me for forcing it to stay
+onscreen.  It shouldn't be hard to make stuff work with the cursor
+offscreen.
+
+Currently I've got functions to do insertion and deletion of a single
+character.  It's fairly complicated.  In order to do efficient pasting
+into the buffer, or write code that modifies the buffer while the
+buffer is drawn, it needs to do multiple characters at at time.  This
+is the hardest part of what remains.  Currently, gtk_text_insert does
+not reexpose the modified lines.  It needs to.  Pete did this wrong at
+one point and I disabled modification completely, I don't know what
+the current state of things are.  The functions
+INSERT_CHAR_LINE_EXPOSE and DELETE_CHAR_LINE_EXPOSE do the work.
+Here's pseudo code for insert.  Delete is quite similar.
+
+  insert character into the buffer
+  update the text property list
+  move the point
+  undraw the cursor
+  correct all LineParams cache entries after the insertion point
+  compute the new height of the modified line
+  compare with the old height of the modified line
+  remove the old LineParams from the cache
+  insert the new LineParams into the cache
+  if the lines are of different height, do a copy area to move the
+    area below the insertion down
+  expose the current line
+  update the cursor mark
+  redraw the cursor
+
+What needs to be done:
+
+Horizintal scrolling, robustness, testing, selection handling.  If you
+want to work in the text widget pay attention to the debugging
+facilities I've written at the end of gtktext.c.  I'm sorry I waited
+so long to try and pass this off.  I'm super busy with school and
+work, and when I have free time my highest priority is another version
+of PRCS.
+
+Feel free to ask me questions.

docs/tutorial/package_tutorial.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# package_tutorial.sh - Package up the tutorial into various formats
+# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1999
+# Contact: gale@gtk.org
+#
+# NOTE: This script requires the following to be installed:
+#            o SGML Tools
+#            o Latex
+#            o DVI tools
+
+TARGET=`pwd`/gtk_tut.sgml
+GIFS="`pwd`/*.gif"
+EXAMPLES=`pwd`/../examples
+
+PATH=`pwd`:$PATH
+
+DATE=`date '+%y%m%d'`
+
+# Check top level directory
+if [ ! -d gtk_tutorial ]; then
+  if [ -e gtk_tutorial ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: gtk_tutorial is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+fi 
+
+cd gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+
+# SGML Format
+echo -n "Copy SGML and GIF's.... "
+if [ ! -d sgml ]; then
+  if [ -e sgml ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir sgml
+fi
+
+(cd sgml ; cp $TARGET . ; cp $GIFS .)
+echo "done"
+
+# HTML Format
+echo -n "Formatting into HTML.... " 
+if [ ! -d html ]; then
+  if [ -e html ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: html is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir html
+fi
+
+(cd html ; sgml2html $TARGET ; cp $GIFS .)
+echo "done"
+
+# Text Format
+echo -n "Formatting into Text.... "
+if [ ! -d txt ]; then
+  if [ -e txt ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: txt is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir txt
+fi
+
+(cd txt ; sgml2txt -f $TARGET 2>&1 > /dev/null )
+echo "done"
+
+# PS and DVI Format
+echo -n "Formatting into PS and DVI.... "
+if [ ! -d ps ]; then
+  if [ -e ps ]; then
+    echo "ERROR: ps is not a directory"
+    exit
+  fi
+  mkdir ps
+fi
+
+(cd ps ; sgml2latex --output=ps $TARGET > /dev/null)
+(cd ps ; sgml2latex $TARGET > /dev/null)
+echo "done"
+
+# Copy examples
+echo -n "Copying examples"
+cp -R $EXAMPLES .
+(cd examples ; make clean ; rm -rf CVS */CVS)
+echo "done"
+
+# Package it all up
+echo -n "Creating packages.... "
+cd ..
+tar cvfz gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+echo "done"
+
+rm -rf gtk_tutorial.$DATE
+
+echo
+echo Package gtk_tutorial.$DATE.tar.gz created.
+echo

docs/widget_system.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+Notes about the inner workings of the widget system of GTK+
+===========================================================
+
+This file contains some notes as to how the widget system does
+and should work. It consists of three parts:
+
+ I) A description of the meaning of the various flags
+
+ II) A list of invariants about the states of the widgets. 
+    (Throughout this document, we refer to the states of the
+     widgets by referring to the flags for GtkWidget)
+
+ III) Some notes about the ways that a widget changes states
+
+ IV) A list of responsibilities of various widget signals when
+    the states change.
+
+Any action necessary to maintain the invariants in II which is not
+explicitly mentioned in IV), is the responsibility of the core GTK
+code, which is roughly defined as:
+
+  gtkobject.c
+  gtkwidget.c
+  gtkcontainer.c
+  gtkmain.c
+  gtksignal.c
+
+Section II is mostly of interest to those maintaining GTK, the
+other sections may also be interesting to people writing
+new widgets.
+
+Main outline:
+	- Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
+	  1998/02/03
+
+Flag descriptions:
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+	  1998/02/04
+
+I. Flags
+--------
+
+GtkObject:
+
+GTK_DESTROYED:
+	This flagged is set for a GtkObject right before its
+	destruction code is executed. Its main use is the
+	prevention of multiple destruction invokations.
+	
+GTK_FLOATING:
+	This flag reflects the fact that the holder of the
+	initial reference count is unknown. Refer to refcounting.txt
+	for further details.
+
+GTK_RESERVED_1:
+GTK_RESERVED_2:
+	Reserved flags.
+
+
+GtkWidget, public flags:
+
+GTK_TOPLEVEL:
+	Widgets without a real parent, as there are GtkWindows and
+	GtkMenus have this flag set throughout their lifetime.
+	Toplevel widgets always contain their own GdkWindow.
+	
+GTK_NO_WINDOW:
+	This flag is indicative for a widget that does not provide
+	its own GdkWindow. Visible action (e.g. drawing) is performed
+	on the parent's GdkWindow.
+
+GTK_REALIZED:
+	Set by gtk_widget_realize, unset by gtk_widget_unrealize.
+	Relies on ((widget->parent && widget->parent->window)
+	           || GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
+	Means: widget has an associated GdkWindow (XWindow).
+
+GTK_MAPPED:
+	Set by gtk_widget_map, unset by gtk_widget_unmap.
+	May only be set if GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget).
+	Means: gdk_window_show() has been called on the widgets window(s).
+
+GTK_VISIBLE:
+	Set by gtk_widget_show.
+	Implies that a widget will be flagged GTK_MAPPED as soon as its
+	parent is mapped.
+!GTK_VISIBLE:
+	Set by gtk_widget_hide.
+	Implies that a widget is not onscreen, therefore !GTK_MAPPED.
+
+GTK_SENSITIVE:
+	Set and unset by gtk_widget_set_sensitive.
+	The sensitivity of a widget determines whether it will receive
+	certain events (e.g. button or key presses). One premise for
+	the widgets sensitivity is to have GTK_SENSITIVE set.
+
+GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE:
+	Set and unset by gtk_widget_set_sensitive operations on the
+	parents of the widget.
+	This is the second premise for the widgets sensitivity. Once
+	it has GTK_SENSITIVE and GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE set, its state is
+	effectively sensitive. This is expressed (and can be examined) by
+	the GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE macro.
+
+GTK_CAN_FOCUS:
+	There are no directly corresponding functions for setting/unsetting
+	this flag, but it can be affected by the GtkWidget::has_focus argument
+	via gtk_widget_set_arg.
+	This flag determines whether a widget is able to handle focus grabs.
+
+GTK_HAS_FOCUS:
+	This flag will be set by gtk_widget_grab_focus for widgets that also
+	have GTK_CAN_FOCUS set. The flag will be unset once another widget
+	grabs the focus.
+	
+GTK_CAN_DEFAULT:
+GTK_HAS_DEFAULT:
+	These two flags are mostly equal in functionality to their *_FOCUS
+	counterparts, but for the default widget.
+
+GTK_HAS_GRAB:
+	Set by gtk_grab_add, unset by gtk_grab_remove.
+	Means: widget is in the grab_widgets stack, and will be the preferred
+	one for receiving events other than ones of cosmetic value.
+
+GTK_BASIC:
+	The GTK_BASIC flag is an attempt at making a distinction
+	between widgets that handle user input e.g. key/button presses
+	and those that don't. Subsequent parent<->child relation ships
+	of non `basic' widgets should be avoided. The checking for
+	this is currently not properly enforced in the code. For
+	example GtkButton is a non `basic' widget, that will therefore
+	disallow to act as a container for another GtkButton. Now the
+	gnit is, one can add a GtkHBox (which is a `basic' widget) to
+	the first button, and put the second into the box.
+
+GTK_RESERVED_3:
+
+GTK_RC_STYLE:
+	This flag indicates that its style has been looked up through
+	the rc mechanism. It does not imply that the widget actually
+	had a style defined through the rc mechanism.
+
+
+GtkWidget, private flags:
+
+GTK_USER_STYLE:
+	A widget is flagged to have a user style, once gtk_widget_set_style
+	has been invoked for it. The use of this flag is to tell widgets
+	wich share a global user style from the ones which got a certain
+	style assign from outside the toolkit.
+	
+GTK_REDRAW_PENDING:
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget).
+	[FIXME: this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. it only requires a few checks for GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED and
+	 minor changes to gtk_widget_unmap, we can then remove the check
+	 in gtk_widget_real_destroy]
+	Means: there is an idle handler waiting for the widget, that
+	will cause a full redraw (gtk_widget_draw (widget, NULL)).
+
+GTK_RESIZE_PENDING:
+	First, this is only valid for GtkContainers.
+	[some of the code should move to gtkcontainer.c therefore]
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget)
+	[this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. it only requires a few checks for GTK_WIDGET_RELIZED and
+	 minor changes to gtk_widget_unrealize, we can then remove the check
+	 in gtk_widget_real_destroy]
+	Means: there is an idle handler waiting for the container to
+	resize it.
+
+GTK_RESIZE_NEEDED:
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget)
+	[this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. once this is done special checking in gtk_widget_real_destroy
+	 can be avoided]
+	Means: a widget has been added to the resize_widgets list of
+	its _toplevel_ container (keep this in mind for GtkViewport).
+	Remark: this flag is also used internaly by gtkwindow.c during
+	the evaluation of resizing worthy widgets.
+
+GTK_LEAVE_PENDING:
+	A widget is flagged as such if there is a leave_notify event
+	pending for it. It will receive this event regardless of a grab
+	through another widget or its current sensitivity.
+	[this should be made relying on GTK_REALIZED]
+
+GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK:
+	Set by gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask if a widget got a shape mask
+	assigned (making use of the X11 shaped window extension).
+
+GTK_IN_REPARENT:
+	During the act of reparentation widgets which are already
+	realized and will be added to an already realized parent need
+	to have this flag set to prevent natural unrealization on the
+	process of getting unparented.
+
+Related Macros:
+
+GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE:
+	This macro examines whether a widget is flagged as GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE
+	and GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED.
+	Means: it _makes sense_ to draw in a widgets window.
+
+GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE:
+	This macro tells the real sensitivity state of a widget. It returns
+	whether both the widget and all its parents are in sensitive state.
+
+
+II. Invariants:
+---------------
+
+This section describes various constraints on the states of 
+the widget:
+
+In the following
+
+  A => B     means  if A is true, than B is true
+  A <=> B    means  A is true, if and only if B is true
+                    (equivalent to A => B and A <= B)
+
+
+1)  GTK_WIDGET_DESTROYED (widget) => !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+                                  => !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget)
+[ The latter is not currently in place, but it should be ] 
+ 
+2) GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+3) if GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+   GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) <=> GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
+
+4) if !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+  widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) <=>
+     GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+5) if !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+
+   GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget)
+                              => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+   widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) && 
+     GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
+
+Note:, the definition
+
+[  GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE = GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED
+   is made in gtkwidget.c, but by 3) and 5), 
+     
+      GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED => GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE
+]
+
+6) GTK_REDRAW_PENDING => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED
+   GTK_RESIZE_PENDING =>         "
+   GTK_LEAVE_PENDING  =>         "
+   GTK_RESIZE_NEEDED  =>         "
+
+III. How states are changed:
+----------------------------
+
+How can the user control the state of a widget:
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+(In the following, set flag means set the flag, do appropriate
+actions, and enforce above invariants) 
+
+gtk_widget_show: 
+ if !GTK_DESTROYED sets GTK_VISIBLE
+
+gtk_widget_hide:
+ if !GTK_VISIBLE for widget
+
+gtk_widget_destroy:
+ sets GTK_DESTROYED
+ For a top-level widget
+
+gtk_widget_realize:
+ if !GTK_DESTROYED sets GTK_REALIZED
+- Calling gtk_widget_realize when the widget is not a descendent
+  of a toplevel is an ERROR.
+
+gtk_container_add (container, widget) [ and container-specific variants ]
+ Sets widget->parent 
+
+gtk_container_remove (container, widget)
+ unsets widget->parent
+
+gtk_widget_reparent (widget, new_parent)
+ Equivalent to removing widget from old parent and adding it to
+ the new parent, except that the widget will not be temporarily 
+ unrealized if both the old parent and the new parent are realized.
+
+
+gtk_widget_unrealize
+gtk_widget_map
+gtk_widget_unmap
+
+These functions are not meant to be used by applications - they
+are used only by GTK and widgets to enforce invariants on the
+state.
+
+When The X window corresponding to a GTK window is destroyed:
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+gtk_widget_destroy is called (as above).
+
+
+
+IV. Responsibilities of widgets
+--------------------------------
+
+Adding to a container
+---------------------
+
+When a widget is added to a container, the container:
+
+  1) calls gtk_widget_set_parent (widget, container)
+  2) calls gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, window) if 
+     the widget is being added to something other than container->window
+  3) if container is realized, and not widget, realizes widget
+  4) if container is mapped, and not widget and widget is GTK_VISIBLE,
+     maps widget
+  5) Queues a resize if the widget is mapped
+
+Note: It would be nice to remove 3) and 4) out of widget specific code
+  since they are of the invariant-enforcing nature, but it is
+  a bit hard, since they can't be done until after 2)
+
+
+Removing from a container
+-------------------------
+
+When a widget is removed to a container, the container:
+
+  1) Calls gtk_widget_unparent (widget)
+  2) Queues a resize.
+
+Notes:
+
+ gtk_widget_unparent unrealizes the widget except in the 
+   special case GTK_IN_REPARENT is set.
+
+
+At widget creation
+------------------
+
+Widgets are created in an unrealized state. 
+
+ 1) The widget should allocate and initialize needed data structures
+
+
+The Realize signal
+------------------
+
+When a widget recieves the "realize" signal it should:
+
+ NO_WINDOW widgets: (probably OK to use default handler)
+
+  1) set the realized flag
+  2) set widget->window
+      widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
+      gdk_window_ref (widget->window);
+  3) attach the widget's style
+
+  widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
+
+ widget with window(s)
+
+  1) set the REALIZED flag
+  2) create windows with the parent obtained from
+      gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
+  3) attach the widget's style
+  4) set the background color for the new window based on the style
+
+The Map signal
+--------------
+
+  1) Set the MAPPED flag
+  2) If the widget has any windows, gdk_window_show those windows
+  3) call gtk_widget_map for all child widgets that are 
+     VISIBLE and !MAPPED.
+  3) Do any other functions related to putting the widget onscreen.
+     (for instance, showing extra popup windows...)
+
+The Unmap signal
+----------------
+
+When a widget receives the unmap signal, it must:
+
+ 1) If the widget has a window, gdk_window_hide that window, 
+ 2) If the widget does not have a window, unmap all child widgets
+ 3) Do any other functions related to taking the widget offscreen
+     (for instance, removing popup windows...)
+ 4) Unset GTK_MAPPED
+
+
+The Unrealize signal
+--------------------
+
+When a widget receives the unrealize signal, it must
+
+ 1) For any windows other than widget->window do:
+
+    gdk_window_set_user_data (window, NULL);
+    gdk_window_destroy (window);
+
+ 2) Call the parent's unrealize handler
+
+
+The Widget class unrealize handler will take care of unrealizing
+all children if necessary. [should this be made consistent with
+unmap???]
+
+
+The Destroy Signal
+------------------
+
+Commentary:
+
+  The destroy signal probably shouldn't exist at all. A widget
+  should merely be unrealized and removed from its parent
+  when the user calls gtk_widget_destroy or a GDK_DESTROY event
+  is received. However, a large body of code depends on
+  getting a definitive signal when a widget goes away.
+
+  That could be put in the finalization step, but, especially
+  with language bindings, the cleanup step may need to refer
+  back to the widget. (To use gtk_widget_get_data, for instance)
+  If it does so via a pointer in a closure (natural for
+  Scheme, or Perl), then the finalization procedure will never
+  be called. 
+
+  Also, if we made that the finalization step, we would have
+  to propagate the GDK_DESTROY event in any case, since it is
+  at that point at which user-visible actions need to be taken.
+
+
+When a widget receives the destroy signal, it must:
+
+  1) If the widget "owns" any widgets other than its child
+     widgets, (for instance popup windows) it should
+     call gtk_widget_destroy () for them.
+
+  2) Call the parent class's destroy handler.
+
+
+The "destroy" signal will only be received once. A widget
+will never receive any other signals after the destroy
+signal (but see the sectionalize on "Finalize" below)
+
+The widget must handle calls to all publically accessible
+functions in an innocuous manner even after a "destroy"
+signal. (A widget can assume that it will not be realized 
+after a "destroy" signal is received, which may simplify
+handling this requirement)
+
+
+The Finalize Pseudo-signal
+--------------------------
+
+The finalize pseudo-signal is received after all references
+to the widget have been removed. The finalize callback
+cannot make any GTK calls with the widget as a parameter.
+
+1) Free any memory allocated by the widget. (But _not_
+   the widget structure itself.
+
+2) Call the parent class's finalize signal
+
+
+A note on chaining "destroy" signals and finalize signals:
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+This is done by code like:
+
+  if (GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy)
+    (* GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy) (object);
+
+It may not be completely obvious why this works. Note
+that parent_class is a static variable on a per-class
+basis. So say: we have
+
+  GtkFoo <- GtkBar <- GtkWidget <-GtkObject
+
+And that Foo, Widget, and Object all have destructors, but
+not Bar.
+
+Then gtk_foo_destroy will call gtk_widget_destroy (because
+it was not overridden in the Bar class structure) and
+gtk_widget_destroy will call gtk_object_destroy because
+the parent_class variable referenced by gtk_foo_destroy is the 
+static variable in gtkwidget.c: GtkObjectClass.

examples/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+
+SUBDIRS = 	arrow \
+		aspectframe \
+		base \
+		buttonbox \
+		buttons \
+		calendar \
+		clist \
+		entry \
+		eventbox \
+		filesel \
+		fixed \
+		frame \
+		gtkdial \
+		helloworld \
+		helloworld2 \
+		label \
+		list \
+		menu \
+		notebook \
+		packbox \
+		packer \
+		paned \
+		pixmap \
+		progressbar \
+		radiobuttons \
+		rangewidgets \
+		rulers \
+		scribble-simple \
+		scrolledwin \
+		selection \
+		spinbutton \
+		statusbar \
+		table \
+		text \
+		tictactoe \
+		tree \
+		wheelbarrow
+
+all:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; \
+	for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE)); \
+	done
+
+clean:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; \
+	for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) clean); \
+	done
+

examples/README.1ST

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+GTK Example Code - Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org> 980623
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+I have written an awk script to automatically extract the code
+examples from the GTK Tutorial (in sgml), so they only have to be
+changed in one place.
+
+It's called 'extract.awk', and there is a shell wrapper to invoke
+it called 'extract.sh'
+
+It takes the following switches:
+ -c : Just do checking rather than output files
+ -f <filename> : Extract a specific file
+ -d : Extract file(s) to current directory
+
+Without the -d switch, the code will be placed in the appropriate
+sub-directory. Those sub-directories will be created if they do not
+exist.
+
+Without the -f switch, all code examples will be extracted.
+
+The shell wrapper assumes that the GTK Tutorial is in the 
+file "../docs/gtk_tut.sgml"
+
+It works by looking for sections of text in the tutorial surrounded
+by, for example:
+
+/* example-start helloworld helloworld.c */
+
+and
+
+/* example-end */
+
+Where "helloworld" is the directory into which the file will be
+placed (which can also be a directory spec like hello/hello1), and
+"helloworld.c" is the file name for the code.
+
+So, the code between these lines would be extracted to the file
+helloworld/helloworld.c
+
+It also handles replacing the sgml tag '&amp;' with '&'

examples/arrow/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+arrow: arrow.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  arrow.c -o arrow `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o arrow

examples/arrow/arrow.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* example-start arrow arrow.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* Create an Arrow widget with the specified parameters
+ * and pack it into a button */
+GtkWidget *create_arrow_button( GtkArrowType  arrow_type,
+				GtkShadowType shadow_type )
+{
+  GtkWidget *button;
+  GtkWidget *arrow;
+
+  button = gtk_button_new();
+  arrow = gtk_arrow_new (arrow_type, shadow_type);
+
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), arrow);
+  
+  gtk_widget_show(button);
+  gtk_widget_show(arrow);
+
+  return(button);
+}
+
+int main( int   argc,
+          char *argv[] )
+{
+  /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
+  GtkWidget *window;
+  GtkWidget *button;
+  GtkWidget *box;
+
+  /* Initialize the toolkit */
+  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+  /* Create a new window */
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+  gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Arrow Buttons");
+
+  /* It's a good idea to do this for all windows. */
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
+
+  /* Sets the border width of the window. */
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+
+  /* Create a box to hold the arrows/buttons */
+  box = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (box), 2);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), box);
+
+  /* Pack and show all our widgets */
+  gtk_widget_show(box);
+
+  button = create_arrow_button(GTK_ARROW_UP, GTK_SHADOW_IN);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+
+  button = create_arrow_button(GTK_ARROW_DOWN, GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+  
+  button = create_arrow_button(GTK_ARROW_LEFT, GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+  
+  button = create_arrow_button(GTK_ARROW_RIGHT, GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+  
+  gtk_widget_show (window);
+  
+  /* Rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+  gtk_main ();
+  
+  return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/aspectframe/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+aspectframe: aspectframe.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  aspectframe.c -o aspectframe `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o aspectframe

examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* example-start aspectframe aspectframe.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+   
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *aspect_frame;
+    GtkWidget *drawing_area;
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+   
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Aspect Frame");
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
+    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+   
+    /* Create an aspect_frame and add it to our toplevel window */
+   
+    aspect_frame = gtk_aspect_frame_new ("2x1", /* label */
+                                         0.5, /* center x */
+                                         0.5, /* center y */
+                                         2, /* xsize/ysize = 2 */
+                                         FALSE /* ignore child's aspect */);
+   
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(window), aspect_frame);
+    gtk_widget_show (aspect_frame);
+   
+    /* Now add a child widget to the aspect frame */
+   
+    drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
+   
+    /* Ask for a 200x200 window, but the AspectFrame will give us a 200x100
+     * window since we are forcing a 2x1 aspect ratio */
+    gtk_widget_set_usize (drawing_area, 200, 200);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(aspect_frame), drawing_area);
+    gtk_widget_show (drawing_area);
+   
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+    gtk_main ();
+    return 0;
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/base/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+base: base.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  base.c -o base `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o base

examples/base/base.c

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* example-start base base.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+int main( int   argc,
+          char *argv[] )
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+    
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_show  (window);
+    
+    gtk_main ();
+    
+    return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/buttonbox/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+buttonbox: buttonbox.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  buttonbox.c -o buttonbox `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o buttonbox

examples/buttonbox/buttonbox.c

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* example-start buttonbox buttonbox.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* Create a Button Box with the specified parameters */
+GtkWidget *create_bbox (gint  horizontal,
+			char* title,
+			gint  spacing,
+			gint  child_w,
+			gint  child_h,
+			gint  layout)
+{
+  GtkWidget *frame;
+  GtkWidget *bbox;
+  GtkWidget *button;
+
+  frame = gtk_frame_new (title);
+
+  if (horizontal)
+    bbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new ();
+  else
+    bbox = gtk_vbutton_box_new ();
+
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), 5);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), bbox);
+
+  /* Set the appearance of the Button Box */
+  gtk_button_box_set_layout (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (bbox), layout);
+  gtk_button_box_set_spacing (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (bbox), spacing);
+  gtk_button_box_set_child_size (GTK_BUTTON_BOX (bbox), child_w, child_h);
+
+  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("OK");
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), button);
+
+  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Cancel");
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), button);
+
+  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Help");
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), button);
+
+  return(frame);
+}
+
+int main( int   argc,
+          char *argv[] )
+{
+  static GtkWidget* window = NULL;
+  GtkWidget *main_vbox;
+  GtkWidget *vbox;
+  GtkWidget *hbox;
+  GtkWidget *frame_horz;
+  GtkWidget *frame_vert;
+
+  /* Initialize GTK */
+  gtk_init( &argc, &argv );
+
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+  gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Button Boxes");
+
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
+		      NULL);
+
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+
+  main_vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), main_vbox);
+
+  frame_horz = gtk_frame_new ("Horizontal Button Boxes");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (main_vbox), frame_horz, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+  vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), 10);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame_horz), vbox);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox),
+	   create_bbox (TRUE, "Spread (spacing 40)", 40, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox),
+	   create_bbox (TRUE, "Edge (spacing 30)", 30, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox),
+           create_bbox (TRUE, "Start (spacing 20)", 20, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_START),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox),
+	   create_bbox (TRUE, "End (spacing 10)", 10, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_END),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  frame_vert = gtk_frame_new ("Vertical Button Boxes");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (main_vbox), frame_vert, TRUE, TRUE, 10);
+
+  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+  gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (hbox), 10);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame_vert), hbox);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox),
+           create_bbox (FALSE, "Spread (spacing 5)", 5, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox),
+           create_bbox (FALSE, "Edge (spacing 30)", 30, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox),
+           create_bbox (FALSE, "Start (spacing 20)", 20, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_START),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox),
+           create_bbox (FALSE, "End (spacing 20)", 20, 85, 20, GTK_BUTTONBOX_END),
+		      TRUE, TRUE, 5);
+
+  gtk_widget_show_all (window);
+
+  /* Enter the event loop */
+  gtk_main ();
+    
+  return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/buttons/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+buttons: buttons.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  buttons.c -o buttons `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o buttons

examples/buttons/buttons.c

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* example-start buttons buttons.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* Create a new hbox with an image and a label packed into it
+ * and return the box. */
+
+GtkWidget *xpm_label_box( GtkWidget *parent,
+                          gchar     *xpm_filename,
+                          gchar     *label_text )
+{
+    GtkWidget *box1;
+    GtkWidget *label;
+    GtkWidget *pixmapwid;
+    GdkPixmap *pixmap;
+    GdkBitmap *mask;
+    GtkStyle *style;
+
+    /* Create box for xpm and label */
+    box1 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (box1), 2);
+
+    /* Get the style of the button to get the
+     * background color. */
+    style = gtk_widget_get_style(parent);
+
+    /* Now on to the xpm stuff */
+    pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (parent->window, &mask,
+					 &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
+					 xpm_filename);
+    pixmapwid = gtk_pixmap_new (pixmap, mask);
+
+    /* Create a label for the button */
+    label = gtk_label_new (label_text);
+
+    /* Pack the pixmap and label into the box */
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1),
+			pixmapwid, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), label, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(pixmapwid);
+    gtk_widget_show(label);
+
+    return(box1);
+}
+
+/* Our usual callback function */
+void callback( GtkWidget *widget,
+               gpointer   data )
+{
+    g_print ("Hello again - %s was pressed\n", (char *) data);
+}
+
+
+int main( int   argc,
+          char *argv[] )
+{
+    /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    GtkWidget *box1;
+
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* Create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Pixmap'd Buttons!");
+
+    /* It's a good idea to do this for all windows. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+
+
+    /* Sets the border width of the window. */
+    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+    gtk_widget_realize(window);
+
+    /* Create a new button */
+    button = gtk_button_new ();
+
+    /* Connect the "clicked" signal of the button to our callback */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "cool button");
+
+    /* This calls our box creating function */
+    box1 = xpm_label_box(window, "info.xpm", "cool button");
+
+    /* Pack and show all our widgets */
+    gtk_widget_show(box1);
+
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), box1);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
+
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+    /* Rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+    gtk_main ();
+
+    return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/buttons/info.xpm

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char *openfile[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"    20    19       66            2",
+/* colors */
+".. c None",
+".# c #000000",
+".a c #dfdfdf",
+".b c #7f7f7f",
+".c c #006f6f",
+".d c #00efef",
+".e c #009f9f",
+".f c #004040",
+".g c #00bfbf",
+".h c #ff0000",
+".i c #ffffff",
+".j c #7f0000",
+".k c #007070",
+".l c #00ffff",
+".m c #00a0a0",
+".n c #004f4f",
+".o c #00cfcf",
+".p c #8f8f8f",
+".q c #6f6f6f",
+".r c #a0a0a0",
+".s c #7f7f00",
+".t c #007f7f",
+".u c #5f5f5f",
+".v c #707070",
+".w c #00f0f0",
+".x c #009090",
+".y c #ffff00",
+".z c #0000ff",
+".A c #00afaf",
+".B c #00d0d0",
+".C c #00dfdf",
+".D c #005f5f",
+".E c #00b0b0",
+".F c #001010",
+".G c #00c0c0",
+".H c #000f0f",
+".I c #00007f",
+".J c #005050",
+".K c #002f2f",
+".L c #dfcfcf",
+".M c #dfd0d0",
+".N c #006060",
+".O c #00e0e0",
+".P c #00ff00",
+".Q c #002020",
+".R c #dfc0c0",
+".S c #008080",
+".T c #001f1f",
+".U c #003f3f",
+".V c #007f00",
+".W c #00000f",
+".X c #000010",
+".Y c #00001f",
+".Z c #000020",
+".0 c #00002f",
+".1 c #000030",
+".2 c #00003f",
+".3 c #000040",
+".4 c #00004f",
+".5 c #000050",
+".6 c #00005f",
+".7 c #000060",
+".8 c #00006f",
+".9 c #000070",
+"#. c #7f7f80",
+"## c #9f9f9f",
+/* pixels */
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+".......................#.#.#............",
+".....................#.......#...#......",
+"...............................#.#......",
+".......#.#.#.................#.#.#......",
+".....#.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............",
+".....#.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.#..............",
+".....#.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.#..............",
+".....#.i.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#....",
+".....#.y.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#......",
+".....#.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#........",
+".....#.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#..........",
+".....#.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#............",
+".....#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............",
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+"........................................"
+};

examples/calendar/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+gcalendar: gcalendar.c
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` gcalendar.c -o gcalendar `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f gcalendar

examples/calendar/gcalendar.c

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/* G Calendar
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Cesar Miquel, Shawn T. Amundson, Mattias Grönlund
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#define DEF_PAD 10
+#define DEF_PAD_SMALL 5
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+
+
+typedef struct _CalendarData {
+  GtkWidget *flag_checkboxes[5];
+  gboolean  settings[5];
+  gchar     *font;
+  GtkWidget *font_dialog;
+  GtkWidget *window;
+  GtkWidget *selected;
+  GtkWidget *selected_double_click;
+  GtkWidget *month;
+} CalendarData;
+
+void create_calendar();
+gint delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data);
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+void day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+int main(int argc, char *argv[]);
+void calendar_month_changed (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
+void calendar_day_selected (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
+void calendar_day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data);
+
+
+void calendar_set_flags(CalendarData *calendar);
+void calendar_toggle_flag(GtkWidget * toggle, CalendarData *calendar);
+void calendar_font_selection_ok(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar);
+void calendar_font_selection_destroy(GtkWidget * button, GtkWidget widget);
+void calendar_select_font(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar);
+void calendar_create_window_destroy(GtkWidget * ignore, CalendarData *calendar);
+void calendar_create_window(GtkWidget * ignored, CalendarData * calendar);
+void calendar_window_destroy(GtkWidget * ignore, CalendarData *calendar);
+void create_calendar();
+
+/*
+ * GtkCalendar
+ */
+
+void
+calendar_month_changed (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
+{
+  char buffer[256];
+  struct tm tm;
+  time_t time;
+  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
+  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
+  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
+  time = mktime(&tm);
+  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
+  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->month), buffer);
+}
+
+void
+calendar_day_selected (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
+{
+  char buffer[256];
+  struct tm tm;
+  time_t time;
+  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
+  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
+  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
+  time = mktime(&tm);
+  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
+  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->selected), buffer);
+}
+
+void
+calendar_day_selected_double_click (GtkWidget *widget, CalendarData *data)
+{
+  char buffer[256];
+  struct tm tm;
+  time_t time;
+  memset (&tm, 0, sizeof (tm));
+  gtk_calendar_get_date (GTK_CALENDAR(data->window), &tm.tm_year, &tm.tm_mon, &tm.tm_mday);
+  tm.tm_year -= TM_YEAR_BASE;
+  time = mktime(&tm);
+  strftime (buffer, 255, "%x", gmtime(&time));
+  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (data->selected_double_click), buffer);
+}
+
+enum {
+  calendar_show_header,
+  calendar_show_days,
+  calendar_month_change, 
+  calendar_show_week,
+  calendar_monday_first
+};
+
+void
+calendar_set_flags(CalendarData *calendar)
+{
+  gint i;
+  gint options=0;
+  for (i=0;i<5;i++) 
+    if (calendar->settings[i])
+      {
+	options=options + (1<<i);
+      }
+  if (calendar->window)
+    gtk_calendar_display_options (GTK_CALENDAR (calendar->window), options);
+}
+
+void 
+calendar_toggle_flag(GtkWidget * toggle, CalendarData *calendar)
+{
+  gint i;
+  gint j;
+  j=0;
+  for (i=0; i<5; i++)
+    if (calendar->flag_checkboxes[i] == toggle)
+      j = i;
+
+  calendar->settings[j]=!calendar->settings[j];
+  calendar_set_flags(calendar);
+  
+}
+void
+calendar_font_selection_ok(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar)
+{
+  GtkStyle *style;
+  GdkFont  *font;
+
+  calendar->font = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (calendar->font_dialog));
+  if (calendar->window)
+    {
+      font = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font(GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(calendar->font_dialog));
+      if (font) 
+	{
+	  style = gtk_style_copy (gtk_widget_get_style (calendar->window));
+	  gdk_font_unref (style->font);
+	  style->font = font;
+	  gdk_font_ref (style->font);
+	  gtk_widget_set_style (calendar->window, style);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+calendar_select_font(GtkWidget * button, CalendarData *calendar)
+{
+  GtkWidget *window;
+
+  if (!calendar->font_dialog) {
+    window = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Font Selection Dialog");
+    g_return_if_fail(GTK_IS_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG(window));
+    calendar->font_dialog = window;
+    
+    gtk_window_position (GTK_WINDOW (window), GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE);
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroyed),
+			&calendar->font_dialog);
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (window)->ok_button),
+			"clicked", GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_font_selection_ok),
+			calendar);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (window)->cancel_button),
+			       "clicked",
+			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy), 
+			       GTK_OBJECT (calendar->font_dialog));
+  }
+  window=calendar->font_dialog;
+  if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (window))
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+  else
+    gtk_widget_destroy (window);
+
+}
+
+void 
+create_calendar()
+{
+  GtkWidget *window;
+  GtkWidget *vbox, *vbox2, *vbox3;
+  GtkWidget *hbox;
+  GtkWidget *hbbox;
+  GtkWidget *calendar;
+  GtkWidget *toggle;
+  GtkWidget *button;
+  GtkWidget *frame;
+  GtkWidget *separator;
+  GtkWidget *label;
+  GtkWidget *bbox;
+  static CalendarData calendar_data;
+  gint i;
+  
+  struct {
+    char *label;
+  } flags[] =
+    {
+      { "Show Heading" },
+      { "Show Day Names" },
+      { "No Month Change" },
+      { "Show Week Numbers" },
+      { "Week Start Monday" }
+    };
+
+  
+  calendar_data.window = NULL;
+  calendar_data.font = NULL;
+  calendar_data.font_dialog = NULL;
+
+  for (i=0; i<5; i++) {
+    calendar_data.settings[i]=0;
+  }
+
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+  gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 5);
+  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window), "destroy",
+		     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
+		     NULL);
+  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window), "delete-event",
+		     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_false),
+		     NULL);
+
+  gtk_window_set_policy(GTK_WINDOW(window), FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
+
+  vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
+
+  /*
+   * The top part of the window, Calendar, flags and fontsel.
+   */
+
+  hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
+  hbbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new();
+  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), hbbox, FALSE, FALSE, DEF_PAD);
+  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(hbbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD);
+  gtk_button_box_set_spacing(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(hbbox), 5);
+
+  /* Calendar widget */
+  frame = gtk_frame_new("Calendar");
+  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbbox), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
+  calendar=gtk_calendar_new();
+  calendar_data.window = calendar;
+  calendar_set_flags(&calendar_data);
+  gtk_calendar_mark_day ( GTK_CALENDAR(calendar), 19);	
+  gtk_container_add( GTK_CONTAINER( frame), calendar);
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "month_changed", 
+                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_month_changed),
+		      &calendar_data);
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "day_selected", 
+                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_day_selected),
+		      &calendar_data);
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (calendar), "day_selected_double_click", 
+                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (calendar_day_selected_double_click),
+		      &calendar_data);
+
+
+  separator = gtk_vseparator_new ();
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), separator, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+  vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, DEF_PAD);
+  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), vbox2, FALSE, FALSE, DEF_PAD);
+  
+  /* Build the Right frame with the flags in */ 
+
+  frame = gtk_frame_new("Flags");
+  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox2), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
+  vbox3 = gtk_vbox_new(TRUE, DEF_PAD_SMALL);
+  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), vbox3);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+    {
+      toggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(flags[i].label);
+      gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (toggle),
+			    "toggled",
+			    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_toggle_flag),
+			    &calendar_data);
+      gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox3), toggle, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+      calendar_data.flag_checkboxes[i]=toggle;
+    }
+  /* Build the right font-button */ 
+  button = gtk_button_new_with_label("Font...");
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button),
+		      "clicked",
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(calendar_select_font),
+		      &calendar_data);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
+
+  /*
+   *  Build the Signal-event part.
+   */
+
+  frame = gtk_frame_new("Signal events");
+  gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, TRUE, TRUE, DEF_PAD);
+  vbox2 = gtk_vbox_new(TRUE, DEF_PAD_SMALL);
+  gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), vbox2);
+  
+  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  label = gtk_label_new ("Day selected:");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  calendar_data.selected = gtk_label_new ("");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.selected, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  label = gtk_label_new ("Day selected double click:");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  calendar_data.selected_double_click = gtk_label_new ("");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.selected_double_click, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+
+  hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 5);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox2), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  label = gtk_label_new ("Month change:"); 
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  calendar_data.month = gtk_label_new ("");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), calendar_data.month, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+  
+  bbox = gtk_hbutton_box_new ();
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), bbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
+  gtk_button_box_set_layout(GTK_BUTTON_BOX(bbox), GTK_BUTTONBOX_END);
+
+  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close");
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked", 
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), 
+		      NULL);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (bbox), button);
+  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
+  gtk_widget_grab_default (button);
+
+  gtk_widget_show_all(window);
+}
+
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  gtk_set_locale ();
+  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+  create_calendar();
+  gtk_main ();
+  return 0;
+}

examples/clist/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+clist: clist.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  clist.c -o clist `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o clist

examples/clist/clist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* example-start clist clist.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* User clicked the "Add List" button. */
+void button_add_clicked( gpointer data )
+{
+    int indx;
+ 
+    /* Something silly to add to the list. 4 rows of 2 columns each */
+    gchar *drink[4][2] = { { "Milk",    "3 Oz" },
+                           { "Water",   "6 l" },
+                           { "Carrots", "2" },
+                           { "Snakes",  "55" } };
+
+    /* Here we do the actual adding of the text. It's done once for
+     * each row.
+     */
+    for ( indx=0 ; indx < 4 ; indx++ )
+	gtk_clist_append( (GtkCList *) data, drink[indx]);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* User clicked the "Clear List" button. */
+void button_clear_clicked( gpointer data )
+{
+    /* Clear the list using gtk_clist_clear. This is much faster than
+     * calling gtk_clist_remove once for each row.
+     */
+    gtk_clist_clear( (GtkCList *) data);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* The user clicked the "Hide/Show titles" button. */
+void button_hide_show_clicked( gpointer data )
+{
+    /* Just a flag to remember the status. 0 = currently visible */
+    static short int flag = 0;
+
+    if (flag == 0)
+    {
+        /* Hide the titles and set the flag to 1 */
+	gtk_clist_column_titles_hide((GtkCList *) data);
+	flag++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Show the titles and reset flag to 0 */
+	gtk_clist_column_titles_show((GtkCList *) data);
+	flag--;
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* If we come here, then the user has selected a row in the list. */
+void selection_made( GtkWidget      *clist,
+                     gint            row,
+                     gint            column,
+		     GdkEventButton *event,
+                     gpointer        data )
+{
+    gchar *text;
+
+    /* Get the text that is stored in the selected row and column
+     * which was clicked in. We will receive it as a pointer in the
+     * argument text.
+     */
+    gtk_clist_get_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, &text);
+
+    /* Just prints some information about the selected row */
+    g_print("You selected row %d. More specifically you clicked in "
+            "column %d, and the text in this cell is %s\n\n",
+	    row, column, text);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+int main( int    argc,
+          gchar *argv[] )
+{                                  
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *vbox, *hbox;
+    GtkWidget *clist;
+    GtkWidget *button_add, *button_clear, *button_hide_show;    
+    gchar *titles[2] = { "Ingredients", "Amount" };
+
+    gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
+    
+    window=gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize(GTK_WIDGET(window), 300, 150);
+
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), "GtkCList Example");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window),
+		       "destroy",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
+		       NULL);
+    
+    vbox=gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 5);
+    gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), 5);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+    
+    /* Create the GtkCList. For this example we use 2 columns */
+    clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles( 2, titles);
+
+    /* When a selection is made, we want to know about it. The callback
+     * used is selection_made, and its code can be found further down */
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "select_row",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_made),
+		       NULL);
+
+    /* It isn't necessary to shadow the border, but it looks nice :) */
+    gtk_clist_set_shadow_type (GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
+
+    /* What however is important, is that we set the column widths as
+     * they will never be right otherwise. Note that the columns are
+     * numbered from 0 and up (to 1 in this case).
+     */
+    gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST(clist), 0, 150);
+
+    /* Add the GtkCList widget to the vertical box and show it. */
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), clist, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show(clist);
+
+    /* Create the buttons and add them to the window. See the button
+     * tutorial for more examples and comments on this.
+     */
+    hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show(hbox);
+
+    button_add = gtk_button_new_with_label("Add List");
+    button_clear = gtk_button_new_with_label("Clear List");
+    button_hide_show = gtk_button_new_with_label("Hide/Show titles");
+
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_add, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_clear, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_hide_show, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+    /* Connect our callbacks to the three buttons */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_add), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_add_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_clear), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_clear_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_hide_show), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_hide_show_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(button_add);
+    gtk_widget_show(button_clear);
+    gtk_widget_show(button_hide_show);
+
+    /* The interface is completely set up so we show the window and
+     * enter the gtk_main loop.
+     */
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+    gtk_main();
+    
+    return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/entry/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+entry: entry.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  entry.c -o entry `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o entry

examples/entry/entry.c

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* example-start entry entry.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+void enter_callback(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gchar *entry_text;
+  entry_text = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry));
+  printf("Entry contents: %s\n", entry_text);
+}
+
+void entry_toggle_editable (GtkWidget *checkbutton,
+				   GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gtk_entry_set_editable(GTK_ENTRY(entry),
+			 GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(checkbutton)->active);
+}
+
+void entry_toggle_visibility (GtkWidget *checkbutton,
+				   GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(entry),
+			 GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(checkbutton)->active);
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *vbox, *hbox;
+    GtkWidget *entry;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    GtkWidget *check;
+
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET (window), 200, 100);
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Entry");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+                       (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
+
+    vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show (vbox);
+
+    entry = gtk_entry_new_with_max_length (50);
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(entry), "activate",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(enter_callback),
+		       entry);
+    gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), "hello");
+    gtk_entry_append_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), " world");
+    gtk_entry_select_region (GTK_ENTRY (entry),
+			     0, GTK_ENTRY(entry)->text_length);
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), entry, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show (entry);
+
+    hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), hbox);
+    gtk_widget_show (hbox);
+                                  
+    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label("Editable");
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), check, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(check), "toggled",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(entry_toggle_editable), entry);
+    gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(check), TRUE);
+    gtk_widget_show (check);
+    
+    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label("Visible");
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), check, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(check), "toggled",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(entry_toggle_visibility), entry);
+    gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(check), TRUE);
+    gtk_widget_show (check);
+                                   
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close");
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_exit),
+			       GTK_OBJECT (window));
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
+    gtk_widget_grab_default (button);
+    gtk_widget_show (button);
+    
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+
+    gtk_main();
+    return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/eventbox/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+eventbox: eventbox.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags`  eventbox.c -o eventbox `gtk-config --libs`
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o eventbox

examples/eventbox/eventbox.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* example-start eventbox eventbox.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+int 
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *event_box;
+    GtkWidget *label;
+    
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+    
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Event Box");
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+    
+    gtk_container_set_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+    
+    /* Create an EventBox and add it to our toplevel window */
+    
+    event_box = gtk_event_box_new ();
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(window), event_box);
+    gtk_widget_show (event_box);
+    
+    /* Create a long label */
+    
+    label = gtk_label_new ("Click here to quit, quit, quit, quit, quit");
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), label);
+    gtk_widget_show (label);
+    
+    /* Clip it short. */
+    gtk_widget_set_usize (label, 110, 20);
+    
+    /* And bind an action to it */
+    gtk_widget_set_events (event_box, GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(event_box), "button_press_event",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+    
+    /* Yet one more thing you need an X window for ... */
+    
+    gtk_widget_realize (event_box);
+    gdk_window_set_cursor (event_box->window, gdk_cursor_new (GDK_HAND1));
+    
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+    
+    gtk_main ();
+    
+    return(0);
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/extract.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+# extract - extract C source files from GTK Tutorial
+# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1998
+# Contact: gale@gtk.org
+#
+# Command Switches:
+# -c : Just do checking rather than output files
+# -f <filename> : Extract a specific file
+# -d : Extract files to current directory
+ 
+BEGIN {in_example=0; check=0; spec_example=""; do_output=0; flatten=0
+       for (i=0 ; i < ARGC ; i++) {
+	if ( ARGV[i] == "-c" ) {
+	  check = 1;
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	} else if ( ARGV[i] == "-f" ) {
+	  spec_example=ARGV[i+1];
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	  ARGV[i+1]="";
+	  if ( length(spec_example) == 0 ) {
+	    print "usage: -f <filename>";
+	    exit;
+	  }
+	} else if ( ARGV[i] == "-d" ) {
+	  flatten = 1;
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	}
+       }
+      }
+
+$2 == "example-start" && in_example == 1 { printf("\nERROR: nested example at line %d\n", NR) > "/dev/stderr";
+					   exit}
+
+$2 == "example-start"			 { in_example=1 }
+
+$2 == "example-start" && check == 0 \
+  { if ( (spec_example == "") || (spec_example == $4) ) {
+    if ( flatten == 0 ) {
+      if (file_name != "")
+          close(file_name);
+      file_name = sprintf("%s/%s",$3, $4);
+      command = sprintf("mkdir -p %s", $3);
+      system(command);
+    } else {
+      file_name = $4;
+    }
+    do_output=1;
+  }
+  }
+
+in_example==1 && check==0 && do_output==1 { gsub(/&amp;/, "\\&", $0);
+					    print $0 >file_name } 
+
+$2 == "example-end" && in_example == 0 	  { printf("\nERROR: multiple ends at line %d\n", NR) > "/dev/stderr";
+					    exit}
+$2 == "example-end" 			  { in_example=0; do_output=0 }
+
+
+END {}
+